<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1722/index.xml"/>
    <title>Enjoy Amazing Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Mental Health &amp; Psychology</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp;amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:20 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1722/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Enjoy Amazing Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Mental Health &amp; Psychology</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1722/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Dina Leuschke</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1722/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp;amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness">
      <itunes:category text="Mental Health"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>Letting Go: A true story of murder, loss and survival by Rachel Nickell’s son by Alex Hanscombe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letting Go: A true story of murder, loss and survival by Rachel Nickell’s son
Author: Alex Hanscombe
Narrator: Alex Hanscombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alex Hanscombe’s powerful, inspirational account as seen on This Morning, BBC Breakfast, Newsnight and in The Sunday Times, Mail on Sunday and The Sun.                                   ‘I was the most famous child in the British Isles…’                      The stunning and heartbreaking story of the young son of Rachel Nickell – who witnessed the brutal attack on his mother and whose childhood was shaped by the media storm that followed. A coming-of-age story that begins with a tragedy but ends in optimism, forgiveness and peace.           On a beautiful July morning in 1992, just three weeks before his third birthday, Alex Hanscombe and his young mother, Rachel Nickell, went walking on Wimbledon Common. Life was never the same again. Shortly after ten o’clock that morning, Alex was discovered by the side of his mother’s body – she had been assaulted, stabbed forty-nine times in a frenzied attack, and left dead. Alex was the only witness to the attack.           Letting Go is Alex’s heartbreaking account of that morning, the aftermath, and the devastating effect on his father, the extended family and the wider community. Alex tells the story of the resulting media storm, the legal cases following and the peace and understanding that he has now found, as a young man. In telling his story, and the truth, this is the last stage of Alex’s incredible journey to letting go.</description>
      <author>Alex Hanscombe</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008144289.mp3" length="1326176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008144289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letting Go: A true story of murder, loss and survival by Rachel Nickell’s son
Author: Alex Hanscombe
Narrator: Alex Hanscombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alex Hanscombe’s powerful, inspirational account as seen on This Morning, BBC Breakfast, Newsnight and in The Sunday Times, Mail on Sunday and The Sun.                                   ‘I was the most famous child in the British Isles…’                      The stunning and heartbreaking story of the young son of Rachel Nickell – who witnessed the brutal attack on his mother and whose childhood was shaped by the media storm that followed. A coming-of-age story that begins with a tragedy but ends in optimism, forgiveness and peace.           On a beautiful July morning in 1992, just three weeks before his third birthday, Alex Hanscombe and his young mother, Rachel Nickell, went walking on Wimbledon Common. Life was never the same again. Shortly after ten o’clock that morning, Alex was discovered by the side of his mother’s body – she had been assaulted, stabbed forty-nine times in a frenzied attack, and left dead. Alex was the only witness to the attack.           Letting Go is Alex’s heartbreaking account of that morning, the aftermath, and the devastating effect on his father, the extended family and the wider community. Alex tells the story of the resulting media storm, the legal cases following and the peace and understanding that he has now found, as a young man. In telling his story, and the truth, this is the last stage of Alex’s incredible journey to letting go.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letting Go: A true story of murder, loss and survival by Rachel Nickell’s son
Author: Alex Hanscombe
Narrator: Alex Hanscombe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alex Hanscombe’s powerful, inspirational account as seen on This Morning, BBC Breakfast, Newsnight and in The Sunday Times, Mail on Sunday and The Sun.                                   ‘I was the most famous child in the British Isles…’                      The stunning and heartbreaking story of the young son of Rachel Nickell – who witnessed the brutal attack on his mother and whose childhood was shaped by the media storm that followed. A coming-of-age story that begins with a tragedy but ends in optimism, forgiveness and peace.           On a beautiful July morning in 1992, just three weeks before his third birthday, Alex Hanscombe and his young mother, Rachel Nickell, went walking on Wimbledon Common. Life was never the same again. Shortly after ten o’clock that morning, Alex was discovered by the side of his mother’s body – she had been assaulted, stabbed forty-nine times in a frenzied attack, and left dead. Alex was the only witness to the attack.           Letting Go is Alex’s heartbreaking account of that morning, the aftermath, and the devastating effect on his father, the extended family and the wider community. Alex tells the story of the resulting media storm, the legal cases following and the peace and understanding that he has now found, as a young man. In telling his story, and the truth, this is the last stage of Alex’s incredible journey to letting go.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>10 Things Girls Need Most: To grow up strong and free by Steve Biddulph</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 10 Things Girls Need Most: To grow up strong and free
Author: Steve Biddulph
Narrator: Damien Warren-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In answer to the crisis in girls’ mental health, the UK’s best selling parenting author Steve Biddulph brings an interactive learning guide rich in content and interactive elements to help parents be prepared and self-aware in providing for their daughters.           In his ground-breaking new book, Steve Biddulph, million copy best-selling author of Raising Girls, psychologist and parent educator offers an interactive experience for parents to explore the relationship with their girls from the cradle to the teenager. It is a guided journey of exercises, conversations, reflections and self-rating questionnaires that builds the inner capacities in a parent, targeted at each stage of their daughters growing up. Every aspect – love and security in babyhood, mindfulness, setting boundaries, emotional well-being and emotional literacy, education and learning in primary and secondary school, friendship, puberty and adolescence, sexuality and sexualization, choosing partners and negotiating equality and respect.; in fact everything a father or mother needs to think about to be prepared and self-aware in providing for their growing girl. Complemented by real -life case studies and full colour photographs throughout.</description>
      <author>Steve Biddulph</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008146894.mp3" length="1333828" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008146894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 10 Things Girls Need Most: To grow up strong and free
Author: Steve Biddulph
Narrator: Damien Warren-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In answer to the crisis in girls’ mental health, the UK’s best selling parenting author Steve Biddulph brings an interactive learning guide rich in content and interactive elements to help parents be prepared and self-aware in providing for their daughters.           In his ground-breaking new book, Steve Biddulph, million copy best-selling author of Raising Girls, psychologist and parent educator offers an interactive experience for parents to explore the relationship with their girls from the cradle to the teenager. It is a guided journey of exercises, conversations, reflections and self-rating questionnaires that builds the inner capacities in a parent, targeted at each stage of their daughters growing up. Every aspect – love and security in babyhood, mindfulness, setting boundaries, emotional well-being and emotional literacy, education and learning in primary and secondary school, friendship, puberty and adolescence, sexuality and sexualization, choosing partners and negotiating equality and respect.; in fact everything a father or mother needs to think about to be prepared and self-aware in providing for their growing girl. Complemented by real -life case studies and full colour photographs throughout.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 10 Things Girls Need Most: To grow up strong and free
Author: Steve Biddulph
Narrator: Damien Warren-Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In answer to the crisis in girls’ mental health, the UK’s best selling parenting author Steve Biddulph brings an interactive learning guide rich in content and interactive elements to help parents be prepared and self-aware in providing for their daughters.           In his ground-breaking new book, Steve Biddulph, million copy best-selling author of Raising Girls, psychologist and parent educator offers an interactive experience for parents to explore the relationship with their girls from the cradle to the teenager. It is a guided journey of exercises, conversations, reflections and self-rating questionnaires that builds the inner capacities in a parent, targeted at each stage of their daughters growing up. Every aspect – love and security in babyhood, mindfulness, setting boundaries, emotional well-being and emotional literacy, education and learning in primary and secondary school, friendship, puberty and adolescence, sexuality and sexualization, choosing partners and negotiating equality and respect.; in fact everything a father or mother needs to think about to be prepared and self-aware in providing for their growing girl. Complemented by real -life case studies and full colour photographs throughout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Upside of Irrationality: The Unexpected Benefits of Defying Logic at Work and at Home by Dan Ariely</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Irrationality: The Unexpected Benefits of Defying Logic at Work and at Home
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Behavioral economist and New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Dan Ariely returns to offer a much-needed take on the irrational decisions that influence our dating lives, our workplace experiences, and our general behaviour, up close and personal.           In The Upside of Irrationality, behavioral economist Dan Ariely will explore the many ways in which our behaviour often leads us astray in terms of our romantic relationships, our experiences in the workplace, and our temptations to cheat. Blending everyday experience with groundbreaking research, Ariely explains how expectations, emotions, social norms and other invisible, seemingly illogical forces skew our reasoning abilities.           Among the topics Dan explores are: • What we think will make us happy and what really makes us happy; • How we learn to love the ones we are with; • Why online dating doesn’t work, and how we can improve on it; • Why learning more about people make us like them less; • Why large bonuses can make CEOs less productive; • How to really motivate people at work; • Why bad directions can help us; • How we fall in love with our ideas; • How we are motivated by revenge; and • What motivates us to cheat.           Drawing on the same experimental methods that made Predictably Irrational such a hit, Dan will emphasize the important role that irrationality plays in our day-to-day decisionmaking—not just in our financial marketplace, but in the most hidden aspects of our lives.</description>
      <author>Dan Ariely</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2011 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780007432660.mp3" length="1514918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780007432660.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Irrationality: The Unexpected Benefits of Defying Logic at Work and at Home
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Behavioral economist and New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Dan Ariely returns to offer a much-needed take on the irrational decisions that influence our dating lives, our workplace experiences, and our general behaviour, up close and personal.           In The Upside of Irrationality, behavioral economist Dan Ariely will explore the many ways in which our behaviour often leads us astray in terms of our romantic relationships, our experiences in the workplace, and our temptations to cheat. Blending everyday experience with groundbreaking research, Ariely explains how expectations, emotions, social norms and other invisible, seemingly illogical forces skew our reasoning abilities.           Among the topics Dan explores are: • What we think will make us happy and what really makes us happy; • How we learn to love the ones we are with; • Why online dating doesn’t work, and how we can improve on it; • Why learning more about people make us like them less; • Why large bonuses can make CEOs less productive; • How to really motivate people at work; • Why bad directions can help us; • How we fall in love with our ideas; • How we are motivated by revenge; and • What motivates us to cheat.           Drawing on the same experimental methods that made Predictably Irrational such a hit, Dan will emphasize the important role that irrationality plays in our day-to-day decisionmaking—not just in our financial marketplace, but in the most hidden aspects of our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320519</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upside of Irrationality: The Unexpected Benefits of Defying Logic at Work and at Home
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Behavioral economist and New York Times bestselling author of Predictably Irrational Dan Ariely returns to offer a much-needed take on the irrational decisions that influence our dating lives, our workplace experiences, and our general behaviour, up close and personal.           In The Upside of Irrationality, behavioral economist Dan Ariely will explore the many ways in which our behaviour often leads us astray in terms of our romantic relationships, our experiences in the workplace, and our temptations to cheat. Blending everyday experience with groundbreaking research, Ariely explains how expectations, emotions, social norms and other invisible, seemingly illogical forces skew our reasoning abilities.           Among the topics Dan explores are: • What we think will make us happy and what really makes us happy; • How we learn to love the ones we are with; • Why online dating doesn’t work, and how we can improve on it; • Why learning more about people make us like them less; • Why large bonuses can make CEOs less productive; • How to really motivate people at work; • Why bad directions can help us; • How we fall in love with our ideas; • How we are motivated by revenge; and • What motivates us to cheat.           Drawing on the same experimental methods that made Predictably Irrational such a hit, Dan will emphasize the important role that irrationality plays in our day-to-day decisionmaking—not just in our financial marketplace, but in the most hidden aspects of our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Corner Office: How Top CEOs Made It and How You Can Too by Adam Bryant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Corner Office: How Top CEOs Made It and How You Can Too
Author: Adam Bryant
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Aspirational business book based on interviews with over 75 leading American CEOs.           What does it take to succeed in business and to inspire others? Adam Bryant of The New York Times sat down with more than seventy-five CEOs and asked them how they do their jobs and the most important lessons they learned as they rose through the ranks.           The Corner Office draws together lessons, memorable stories, and eye-opening insights from chief executives like Steven Ballmer (Microsoft), Carol Bartz (Yahoo), Jeffrey Katzenberg (DreamWorks), and Alan Mulally (Ford), as Bryant reveals the keys to success in the business world, including the five qualities CEOs value most in their employees, and shows how executives at the top of their game get the most out of others.           For aspiring executives, of any age, The Corner Office offers perspectives that will help anyone who seeks to be a more effective leader and employee, and a path to future success.</description>
      <author>Adam Bryant</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2011 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780007451050.mp3" length="1518866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780007451050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Corner Office: How Top CEOs Made It and How You Can Too
Author: Adam Bryant
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Aspirational business book based on interviews with over 75 leading American CEOs.           What does it take to succeed in business and to inspire others? Adam Bryant of The New York Times sat down with more than seventy-five CEOs and asked them how they do their jobs and the most important lessons they learned as they rose through the ranks.           The Corner Office draws together lessons, memorable stories, and eye-opening insights from chief executives like Steven Ballmer (Microsoft), Carol Bartz (Yahoo), Jeffrey Katzenberg (DreamWorks), and Alan Mulally (Ford), as Bryant reveals the keys to success in the business world, including the five qualities CEOs value most in their employees, and shows how executives at the top of their game get the most out of others.           For aspiring executives, of any age, The Corner Office offers perspectives that will help anyone who seeks to be a more effective leader and employee, and a path to future success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Corner Office: How Top CEOs Made It and How You Can Too
Author: Adam Bryant
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Aspirational business book based on interviews with over 75 leading American CEOs.           What does it take to succeed in business and to inspire others? Adam Bryant of The New York Times sat down with more than seventy-five CEOs and asked them how they do their jobs and the most important lessons they learned as they rose through the ranks.           The Corner Office draws together lessons, memorable stories, and eye-opening insights from chief executives like Steven Ballmer (Microsoft), Carol Bartz (Yahoo), Jeffrey Katzenberg (DreamWorks), and Alan Mulally (Ford), as Bryant reveals the keys to success in the business world, including the five qualities CEOs value most in their employees, and shows how executives at the top of their game get the most out of others.           For aspiring executives, of any age, The Corner Office offers perspectives that will help anyone who seeks to be a more effective leader and employee, and a path to future success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Introduction to NLP: Psychological skills for understanding and influencing people by Ian McDermott, Joseph O’connor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Introduction to NLP: Psychological skills for understanding and influencing people
Author: Ian McDermott, Joseph O’connor
Narrator: Ian McDermott, Joseph O&amp;#039;Connor
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to NLP reveals the techniques you need to achieve excellence in everything you do. Specially designed for audio with listener participation exercises, this CD focuses on communication strategies, using and understanding body languages, successful meetings and more!           Some people appear more gifted than others. NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming), one of the fastest growing developments in applied psychology, describes in simple terms what these people do differently and enables you to learn these patterns of excellence.           An Introduction to NLP teaches you practical skills to achieve excellent communication and great results in all areas of your life.           Includes: • how to create rapport with others • influencing skills • understanding and using body language • how to think about and achieve the results you want • the art of asking key questions • effective meetings, negotiations and selling • accelerated learning strategies.           Specifically designed for audio, this CD also includes exercises that encourage listener participation.</description>
      <author>Ian McDermott, Joseph O’connor</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2011 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780007461479.mp3" length="1442801" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780007461479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Introduction to NLP: Psychological skills for understanding and influencing people
Author: Ian McDermott, Joseph O’connor
Narrator: Ian McDermott, Joseph O&amp;#039;Connor
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to NLP reveals the techniques you need to achieve excellence in everything you do. Specially designed for audio with listener participation exercises, this CD focuses on communication strategies, using and understanding body languages, successful meetings and more!           Some people appear more gifted than others. NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming), one of the fastest growing developments in applied psychology, describes in simple terms what these people do differently and enables you to learn these patterns of excellence.           An Introduction to NLP teaches you practical skills to achieve excellent communication and great results in all areas of your life.           Includes: • how to create rapport with others • influencing skills • understanding and using body language • how to think about and achieve the results you want • the art of asking key questions • effective meetings, negotiations and selling • accelerated learning strategies.           Specifically designed for audio, this CD also includes exercises that encourage listener participation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Introduction to NLP: Psychological skills for understanding and influencing people
Author: Ian McDermott, Joseph O’connor
Narrator: Ian McDermott, Joseph O&amp;#039;Connor
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Introduction to NLP reveals the techniques you need to achieve excellence in everything you do. Specially designed for audio with listener participation exercises, this CD focuses on communication strategies, using and understanding body languages, successful meetings and more!           Some people appear more gifted than others. NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming), one of the fastest growing developments in applied psychology, describes in simple terms what these people do differently and enables you to learn these patterns of excellence.           An Introduction to NLP teaches you practical skills to achieve excellent communication and great results in all areas of your life.           Includes: • how to create rapport with others • influencing skills • understanding and using body language • how to think about and achieve the results you want • the art of asking key questions • effective meetings, negotiations and selling • accelerated learning strategies.           Specifically designed for audio, this CD also includes exercises that encourage listener participation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty: How We Lie to Everyone – Especially Ourselves by Dan Ariely</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty: How We Lie to Everyone – Especially Ourselves
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fascinating and provocative, Ariely’s The Truth About Dishonesty is an insightful and brilliantly researched take on cheating, deception and willpower. Internationally bestselling author Ariely pulls no punches when it comes to home truths.           Previous titles PREDICTABLY IRRATIONAL and THE UPSIDE OF IRRATIONALITY have becomes classics in their field, revealing unexpected and astonishing traits that run through modern humankind. Now acclaimed behavioural economist Dan Ariely delves deeper into the dark and murky recesses of contemporary psychology, daring to ask the big questions:           What makes us cheat? How and why do we rationalise deception of ourselves and other people, and make ourselves ‘wishfully blind’ to the blindingly obvious? What affects our infuriatingly intangible willpower and how can we ‘catch’ the cheating bug from other bad apples?           If you’ve ever wondered how a whole company can turn a blind eye to evident misdemeanours within their ranks, whether people are born dishonest and whether you can really be successful by being totally, brutally honest, then Dan has the answers, and many more.</description>
      <author>Dan Ariely</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jun 2012 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780007492077.mp3" length="1498698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780007492077.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty: How We Lie to Everyone – Especially Ourselves
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fascinating and provocative, Ariely’s The Truth About Dishonesty is an insightful and brilliantly researched take on cheating, deception and willpower. Internationally bestselling author Ariely pulls no punches when it comes to home truths.           Previous titles PREDICTABLY IRRATIONAL and THE UPSIDE OF IRRATIONALITY have becomes classics in their field, revealing unexpected and astonishing traits that run through modern humankind. Now acclaimed behavioural economist Dan Ariely delves deeper into the dark and murky recesses of contemporary psychology, daring to ask the big questions:           What makes us cheat? How and why do we rationalise deception of ourselves and other people, and make ourselves ‘wishfully blind’ to the blindingly obvious? What affects our infuriatingly intangible willpower and how can we ‘catch’ the cheating bug from other bad apples?           If you’ve ever wondered how a whole company can turn a blind eye to evident misdemeanours within their ranks, whether people are born dishonest and whether you can really be successful by being totally, brutally honest, then Dan has the answers, and many more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The (Honest) Truth About Dishonesty: How We Lie to Everyone – Especially Ourselves
Author: Dan Ariely
Narrator: Simon Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fascinating and provocative, Ariely’s The Truth About Dishonesty is an insightful and brilliantly researched take on cheating, deception and willpower. Internationally bestselling author Ariely pulls no punches when it comes to home truths.           Previous titles PREDICTABLY IRRATIONAL and THE UPSIDE OF IRRATIONALITY have becomes classics in their field, revealing unexpected and astonishing traits that run through modern humankind. Now acclaimed behavioural economist Dan Ariely delves deeper into the dark and murky recesses of contemporary psychology, daring to ask the big questions:           What makes us cheat? How and why do we rationalise deception of ourselves and other people, and make ourselves ‘wishfully blind’ to the blindingly obvious? What affects our infuriatingly intangible willpower and how can we ‘catch’ the cheating bug from other bad apples?           If you’ve ever wondered how a whole company can turn a blind eye to evident misdemeanours within their ranks, whether people are born dishonest and whether you can really be successful by being totally, brutally honest, then Dan has the answers, and many more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sex Effect: Baring Our Complicated Relationship with Sex by Ross Benes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sex Effect: Baring Our Complicated Relationship with Sex
Author: Ross Benes
Narrator: Rudy Sanda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping exploration of the relationship between sex and our society, with a foreword by bestselling author A. J. Jacobs Why do political leaders become entangled in so many sex scandals? How did the U.S. military inadvertently help make San Francisco a mecca of gay culture? And what was the original purpose of vibrators? Find out the answers to all these questions and more as journalist Ross Benes delves into the complicated relationship between everyday human life—including religion, politics, and technology—and our sexuality. Drawing on history, psychology, sociology, and more, The Sex Effect combines innovative research and analysis with captivating anecdotes to reveal just how much sex shapes our society—and what it means for us as humans as we continue to struggle with the wide-ranging effects our sexuality has on the world around us.</description>
      <author>Ross Benes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781681683843.mp3" length="8057611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781681683843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sex Effect: Baring Our Complicated Relationship with Sex
Author: Ross Benes
Narrator: Rudy Sanda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping exploration of the relationship between sex and our society, with a foreword by bestselling author A. J. Jacobs Why do political leaders become entangled in so many sex scandals? How did the U.S. military inadvertently help make San Francisco a mecca of gay culture? And what was the original purpose of vibrators? Find out the answers to all these questions and more as journalist Ross Benes delves into the complicated relationship between everyday human life—including religion, politics, and technology—and our sexuality. Drawing on history, psychology, sociology, and more, The Sex Effect combines innovative research and analysis with captivating anecdotes to reveal just how much sex shapes our society—and what it means for us as humans as we continue to struggle with the wide-ranging effects our sexuality has on the world around us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sex Effect: Baring Our Complicated Relationship with Sex
Author: Ross Benes
Narrator: Rudy Sanda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping exploration of the relationship between sex and our society, with a foreword by bestselling author A. J. Jacobs Why do political leaders become entangled in so many sex scandals? How did the U.S. military inadvertently help make San Francisco a mecca of gay culture? And what was the original purpose of vibrators? Find out the answers to all these questions and more as journalist Ross Benes delves into the complicated relationship between everyday human life—including religion, politics, and technology—and our sexuality. Drawing on history, psychology, sociology, and more, The Sex Effect combines innovative research and analysis with captivating anecdotes to reveal just how much sex shapes our society—and what it means for us as humans as we continue to struggle with the wide-ranging effects our sexuality has on the world around us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rebuilding: When Your Relationship Ends by Robert Alberti PhD, Bruce Fisher EdD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebuilding: When Your Relationship Ends
Author: Robert Alberti PhD, Bruce Fisher EdD
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are going through a painful breakup or divorce, you may feel like the life you once knew is crashing down around you. You need help to gather the pieces and &amp;#039;rebuild&amp;#039; yourself from the ground up. Rebuilding features Bruce Fisher&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;divorce process rebuilding blocks,&amp;#039; a proven-effective, nineteen-step process for putting one’s life back together after divorce. Now the most widely-used approach to divorce recovery, the &amp;#039;rebuilding&amp;#039; model makes the process healthier and less traumatic for those who are divorcing or divorced—and their children. Over two decades of research and practice are combined with feedback from hundreds of thousands of men and women who have used the book on their own, or in one of thousands of Fisher divorce recovery seminars worldwide. This book also includes Fisher&amp;#039;s detailed Healing Separation model—the first of its kind to offer couples a healing alternative to the usual slide from separation to divorce. This fourth edition, revised with the assistance of psychologist and marriage and family therapist Robert Alberti, continues Bruce&amp;#039;s tradition of straight-to-the-heart response to the needs of his clients and readers.</description>
      <author>Robert Alberti PhD, Bruce Fisher EdD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515988977.mp3" length="8028957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515988977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebuilding: When Your Relationship Ends
Author: Robert Alberti PhD, Bruce Fisher EdD
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are going through a painful breakup or divorce, you may feel like the life you once knew is crashing down around you. You need help to gather the pieces and &amp;#039;rebuild&amp;#039; yourself from the ground up. Rebuilding features Bruce Fisher&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;divorce process rebuilding blocks,&amp;#039; a proven-effective, nineteen-step process for putting one’s life back together after divorce. Now the most widely-used approach to divorce recovery, the &amp;#039;rebuilding&amp;#039; model makes the process healthier and less traumatic for those who are divorcing or divorced—and their children. Over two decades of research and practice are combined with feedback from hundreds of thousands of men and women who have used the book on their own, or in one of thousands of Fisher divorce recovery seminars worldwide. This book also includes Fisher&amp;#039;s detailed Healing Separation model—the first of its kind to offer couples a healing alternative to the usual slide from separation to divorce. This fourth edition, revised with the assistance of psychologist and marriage and family therapist Robert Alberti, continues Bruce&amp;#039;s tradition of straight-to-the-heart response to the needs of his clients and readers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rebuilding: When Your Relationship Ends
Author: Robert Alberti PhD, Bruce Fisher EdD
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are going through a painful breakup or divorce, you may feel like the life you once knew is crashing down around you. You need help to gather the pieces and &amp;#039;rebuild&amp;#039; yourself from the ground up. Rebuilding features Bruce Fisher&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;divorce process rebuilding blocks,&amp;#039; a proven-effective, nineteen-step process for putting one’s life back together after divorce. Now the most widely-used approach to divorce recovery, the &amp;#039;rebuilding&amp;#039; model makes the process healthier and less traumatic for those who are divorcing or divorced—and their children. Over two decades of research and practice are combined with feedback from hundreds of thousands of men and women who have used the book on their own, or in one of thousands of Fisher divorce recovery seminars worldwide. This book also includes Fisher&amp;#039;s detailed Healing Separation model—the first of its kind to offer couples a healing alternative to the usual slide from separation to divorce. This fourth edition, revised with the assistance of psychologist and marriage and family therapist Robert Alberti, continues Bruce&amp;#039;s tradition of straight-to-the-heart response to the needs of his clients and readers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Sexually Addicted Spouse: How Partners Can Cope and Heal by Marsha Means, Barbara Steffens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Sexually Addicted Spouse: How Partners Can Cope and Heal
Author: Marsha Means, Barbara Steffens
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sexual addictions and compulsive sexual behavior are growing societal problems, with as many as three to six percent of the world population affected. Your Sexually Addicted Partner shatters the stigma and shame that millions of men and women carry when their partners are sexually addicted. They receive little empathy for their pain, which means they suffer alone, often shocked and isolated by the trauma. Barbara Steffens&amp;#039;s groundbreaking new research shows that partners are not codependents but post-traumatic stress victims, while Marsha Means&amp;#039;s personal experience provides insights, strategies, and critical steps to recognize, deal with, and heal partners of sexually addicted relationships. Firsthand accounts and stories reveal the impact of this addiction on survivors&amp;#039; lives. Chapters end with &amp;#039;On a Personal Note&amp;#039; questions and propose new paths that lead from trauma to empowerment, health, and hope.</description>
      <author>Marsha Means, Barbara Steffens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515988779.mp3" length="8532693" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515988779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Sexually Addicted Spouse: How Partners Can Cope and Heal
Author: Marsha Means, Barbara Steffens
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sexual addictions and compulsive sexual behavior are growing societal problems, with as many as three to six percent of the world population affected. Your Sexually Addicted Partner shatters the stigma and shame that millions of men and women carry when their partners are sexually addicted. They receive little empathy for their pain, which means they suffer alone, often shocked and isolated by the trauma. Barbara Steffens&amp;#039;s groundbreaking new research shows that partners are not codependents but post-traumatic stress victims, while Marsha Means&amp;#039;s personal experience provides insights, strategies, and critical steps to recognize, deal with, and heal partners of sexually addicted relationships. Firsthand accounts and stories reveal the impact of this addiction on survivors&amp;#039; lives. Chapters end with &amp;#039;On a Personal Note&amp;#039; questions and propose new paths that lead from trauma to empowerment, health, and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Sexually Addicted Spouse: How Partners Can Cope and Heal
Author: Marsha Means, Barbara Steffens
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sexual addictions and compulsive sexual behavior are growing societal problems, with as many as three to six percent of the world population affected. Your Sexually Addicted Partner shatters the stigma and shame that millions of men and women carry when their partners are sexually addicted. They receive little empathy for their pain, which means they suffer alone, often shocked and isolated by the trauma. Barbara Steffens&amp;#039;s groundbreaking new research shows that partners are not codependents but post-traumatic stress victims, while Marsha Means&amp;#039;s personal experience provides insights, strategies, and critical steps to recognize, deal with, and heal partners of sexually addicted relationships. Firsthand accounts and stories reveal the impact of this addiction on survivors&amp;#039; lives. Chapters end with &amp;#039;On a Personal Note&amp;#039; questions and propose new paths that lead from trauma to empowerment, health, and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On by Cynthia Zayn, Kevin Dibble</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On
Author: Cynthia Zayn, Kevin Dibble
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a revealing study of relationships where partners love themselves first, last, and always, Cynthia Zayn and Kevin Dibble help listeners determine whether their partner is over the line and has narcissistic personality disorder. The book draws on the authors&amp;#039; research and interviews with a variety of men and women who&amp;#039;ve been narcissized. Featuring compelling stories and scenarios, Narcissistic Lovers helps victims understand the pain brought on by their abusers, shows why these self-loathers can&amp;#039;t change, and offer hope for healing from their &amp;#039;N-fliction.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Cynthia Zayn, Kevin Dibble</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515988748.mp3" length="8303032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515988748.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On
Author: Cynthia Zayn, Kevin Dibble
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a revealing study of relationships where partners love themselves first, last, and always, Cynthia Zayn and Kevin Dibble help listeners determine whether their partner is over the line and has narcissistic personality disorder. The book draws on the authors&amp;#039; research and interviews with a variety of men and women who&amp;#039;ve been narcissized. Featuring compelling stories and scenarios, Narcissistic Lovers helps victims understand the pain brought on by their abusers, shows why these self-loathers can&amp;#039;t change, and offer hope for healing from their &amp;#039;N-fliction.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On
Author: Cynthia Zayn, Kevin Dibble
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a revealing study of relationships where partners love themselves first, last, and always, Cynthia Zayn and Kevin Dibble help listeners determine whether their partner is over the line and has narcissistic personality disorder. The book draws on the authors&amp;#039; research and interviews with a variety of men and women who&amp;#039;ve been narcissized. Featuring compelling stories and scenarios, Narcissistic Lovers helps victims understand the pain brought on by their abusers, shows why these self-loathers can&amp;#039;t change, and offer hope for healing from their &amp;#039;N-fliction.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Final Exit: The Practicalities of Self-Deliverance and Assisted Suicide for the Dying, 3rd Edition by Derek Humphry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Final Exit: The Practicalities of Self-Deliverance and Assisted Suicide for the Dying, 3rd Edition
Author: Derek Humphry
Narrator: Clive Chafer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Final Exit is the most famous book on voluntary euthanasia and assisted suicide. There is unique step by step language for the competent adult who is terminally or hopelessly ill to bring their life to a peaceful, non-violent end if they wish. Final Exit outlines the legal complications connected with dying, death, hastened death, euthanasia laws, suicide, living wills, and advance directives. Derek Humphry explores the problems with life insurance, as well as the ethics of double suicide.</description>
      <author>Derek Humphry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515988106.mp3" length="8167494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515988106.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Final Exit: The Practicalities of Self-Deliverance and Assisted Suicide for the Dying, 3rd Edition
Author: Derek Humphry
Narrator: Clive Chafer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Final Exit is the most famous book on voluntary euthanasia and assisted suicide. There is unique step by step language for the competent adult who is terminally or hopelessly ill to bring their life to a peaceful, non-violent end if they wish. Final Exit outlines the legal complications connected with dying, death, hastened death, euthanasia laws, suicide, living wills, and advance directives. Derek Humphry explores the problems with life insurance, as well as the ethics of double suicide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Final Exit: The Practicalities of Self-Deliverance and Assisted Suicide for the Dying, 3rd Edition
Author: Derek Humphry
Narrator: Clive Chafer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Final Exit is the most famous book on voluntary euthanasia and assisted suicide. There is unique step by step language for the competent adult who is terminally or hopelessly ill to bring their life to a peaceful, non-violent end if they wish. Final Exit outlines the legal complications connected with dying, death, hastened death, euthanasia laws, suicide, living wills, and advance directives. Derek Humphry explores the problems with life insurance, as well as the ethics of double suicide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Almost a Psychopath: Do I (Or Does Someone I Know) Have a Problem With Manipulation and Lack of Empathy? by Ronald Schouten, James Silver</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Almost a Psychopath: Do I (Or Does Someone I Know) Have a Problem With Manipulation and Lack of Empathy?
Author: Ronald Schouten, James Silver
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know someone who is too manipulative and full of himself? Does someone you know charm the masses yet lack the ability to deeply connect with those around her? Grandiosity and exaggerated self-worth. Pathological lying. Manipulation. Lack of remorse. Shallowness. Exploitation for financial gain. These are the qualities of Almost Psychopaths. They are not the deranged criminals or serial killers that might be coined &amp;#039;psychopaths&amp;#039; in the movies or on TV. They are spouses, coworkers, bosses, neighbors, and people in the news who exhibit many of the same behaviors as a full-blown psychopath, but with less intensity and consistency. In Almost a Psychopath, Ronald Schouten, MD, JD, and James Silver, JD, draw on scientific research and their own experiences to help you identify if you are an Almost Psychopath and, if so, guide you to interventions and resources to change your behavior.</description>
      <author>Ronald Schouten, James Silver</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515978732.mp3" length="8764226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515978732.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Almost a Psychopath: Do I (Or Does Someone I Know) Have a Problem With Manipulation and Lack of Empathy?
Author: Ronald Schouten, James Silver
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know someone who is too manipulative and full of himself? Does someone you know charm the masses yet lack the ability to deeply connect with those around her? Grandiosity and exaggerated self-worth. Pathological lying. Manipulation. Lack of remorse. Shallowness. Exploitation for financial gain. These are the qualities of Almost Psychopaths. They are not the deranged criminals or serial killers that might be coined &amp;#039;psychopaths&amp;#039; in the movies or on TV. They are spouses, coworkers, bosses, neighbors, and people in the news who exhibit many of the same behaviors as a full-blown psychopath, but with less intensity and consistency. In Almost a Psychopath, Ronald Schouten, MD, JD, and James Silver, JD, draw on scientific research and their own experiences to help you identify if you are an Almost Psychopath and, if so, guide you to interventions and resources to change your behavior.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Almost a Psychopath: Do I (Or Does Someone I Know) Have a Problem With Manipulation and Lack of Empathy?
Author: Ronald Schouten, James Silver
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know someone who is too manipulative and full of himself? Does someone you know charm the masses yet lack the ability to deeply connect with those around her? Grandiosity and exaggerated self-worth. Pathological lying. Manipulation. Lack of remorse. Shallowness. Exploitation for financial gain. These are the qualities of Almost Psychopaths. They are not the deranged criminals or serial killers that might be coined &amp;#039;psychopaths&amp;#039; in the movies or on TV. They are spouses, coworkers, bosses, neighbors, and people in the news who exhibit many of the same behaviors as a full-blown psychopath, but with less intensity and consistency. In Almost a Psychopath, Ronald Schouten, MD, JD, and James Silver, JD, draw on scientific research and their own experiences to help you identify if you are an Almost Psychopath and, if so, guide you to interventions and resources to change your behavior.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Time to Say Goodbye: Surviving The Suicide Of A Loved One by Carla Fine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Time to Say Goodbye: Surviving The Suicide Of A Loved One
Author: Carla Fine
Narrator: Carla Fine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Suicide would appear to be the last taboo. Even incest is now discussed freely in popular media, but the suicide of a loved one is still an act most people are unable to talk about or even admit to their closest family or friends. This is just one of the many painful and paralyzing truths that author Carla Fine discovered when her husband, a successful young physician, took his own life in December 1989. And being unable to speak openly and honestly about the cause of her pain made it all the more difficult for her to survive. With No Time to Say Goodbye, she brings suicide survival from the darkness into light, speaking frankly about the overwhelming feelings of confusion, guilt, shame, anger, and loneliness that are shared by all survivors. Fine draws on her own experience as well as on the knowledge of counselors and mental health professionals. She offers a strong helping hand and invaluable guidance to the vast numbers of family and friends who are left behind by the more than thirty thousand people who commit suicide each year. And, perhaps most important, for the first time in any book, she allows survivors to see that they are not alone in their feelings of grief and despair.</description>
      <author>Carla Fine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515972945.mp3" length="8095134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515972945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Time to Say Goodbye: Surviving The Suicide Of A Loved One
Author: Carla Fine
Narrator: Carla Fine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Suicide would appear to be the last taboo. Even incest is now discussed freely in popular media, but the suicide of a loved one is still an act most people are unable to talk about or even admit to their closest family or friends. This is just one of the many painful and paralyzing truths that author Carla Fine discovered when her husband, a successful young physician, took his own life in December 1989. And being unable to speak openly and honestly about the cause of her pain made it all the more difficult for her to survive. With No Time to Say Goodbye, she brings suicide survival from the darkness into light, speaking frankly about the overwhelming feelings of confusion, guilt, shame, anger, and loneliness that are shared by all survivors. Fine draws on her own experience as well as on the knowledge of counselors and mental health professionals. She offers a strong helping hand and invaluable guidance to the vast numbers of family and friends who are left behind by the more than thirty thousand people who commit suicide each year. And, perhaps most important, for the first time in any book, she allows survivors to see that they are not alone in their feelings of grief and despair.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Time to Say Goodbye: Surviving The Suicide Of A Loved One
Author: Carla Fine
Narrator: Carla Fine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Suicide would appear to be the last taboo. Even incest is now discussed freely in popular media, but the suicide of a loved one is still an act most people are unable to talk about or even admit to their closest family or friends. This is just one of the many painful and paralyzing truths that author Carla Fine discovered when her husband, a successful young physician, took his own life in December 1989. And being unable to speak openly and honestly about the cause of her pain made it all the more difficult for her to survive. With No Time to Say Goodbye, she brings suicide survival from the darkness into light, speaking frankly about the overwhelming feelings of confusion, guilt, shame, anger, and loneliness that are shared by all survivors. Fine draws on her own experience as well as on the knowledge of counselors and mental health professionals. She offers a strong helping hand and invaluable guidance to the vast numbers of family and friends who are left behind by the more than thirty thousand people who commit suicide each year. And, perhaps most important, for the first time in any book, she allows survivors to see that they are not alone in their feelings of grief and despair.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Smart but Scattered Guide to Success: How to Use Your Brain&amp;#039;s Executive Skills to Keep Up, Stay Calm, and Get Organized at Work and at Home by Peg Dawson Ed.D., Richard Guare Ph.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Smart but Scattered Guide to Success: How to Use Your Brain&amp;#039;s Executive Skills to Keep Up, Stay Calm, and Get Organized at Work and at Home
Author: Peg Dawson Ed.D., Richard Guare Ph.D.
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you smart, scattered, and struggling? You&amp;#039;re not alone. Cutting-edge research shows that today&amp;#039;s 24/7 wired world and the growing demands of work and family life may simply max out the part of the brain that manages complex tasks. That&amp;#039;s especially true for those lacking strong executive skills—the core brain-based abilities needed to maintain focus, meet deadlines, and stay cool under pressure. In this essential guide, leading experts Peg Dawson and Richard Guare help you map your own executive skills profile and take effective steps to boost your organizational skills, time management, emotional control, and nine other essential capacities.</description>
      <author>Peg Dawson Ed.D., Richard Guare Ph.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515972839.mp3" length="2854346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515972839.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Smart but Scattered Guide to Success: How to Use Your Brain&amp;#039;s Executive Skills to Keep Up, Stay Calm, and Get Organized at Work and at Home
Author: Peg Dawson Ed.D., Richard Guare Ph.D.
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you smart, scattered, and struggling? You&amp;#039;re not alone. Cutting-edge research shows that today&amp;#039;s 24/7 wired world and the growing demands of work and family life may simply max out the part of the brain that manages complex tasks. That&amp;#039;s especially true for those lacking strong executive skills—the core brain-based abilities needed to maintain focus, meet deadlines, and stay cool under pressure. In this essential guide, leading experts Peg Dawson and Richard Guare help you map your own executive skills profile and take effective steps to boost your organizational skills, time management, emotional control, and nine other essential capacities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Smart but Scattered Guide to Success: How to Use Your Brain&amp;#039;s Executive Skills to Keep Up, Stay Calm, and Get Organized at Work and at Home
Author: Peg Dawson Ed.D., Richard Guare Ph.D.
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you smart, scattered, and struggling? You&amp;#039;re not alone. Cutting-edge research shows that today&amp;#039;s 24/7 wired world and the growing demands of work and family life may simply max out the part of the brain that manages complex tasks. That&amp;#039;s especially true for those lacking strong executive skills—the core brain-based abilities needed to maintain focus, meet deadlines, and stay cool under pressure. In this essential guide, leading experts Peg Dawson and Richard Guare help you map your own executive skills profile and take effective steps to boost your organizational skills, time management, emotional control, and nine other essential capacities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wired for Dating: How Understanding Neurobiology and Attachment Style Can Help You Find Your Ideal Mate by Stan Tatkin PsyD MFT</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Dating: How Understanding Neurobiology and Attachment Style Can Help You Find Your Ideal Mate
Author: Stan Tatkin PsyD MFT
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Everybody wants someone to love and spend time with, and searching for your ideal partner is a natural and healthy human tendency. Just about everyone dates at some point in their lives, yet few really understand what they&amp;#039;re doing or how to get the best results. In Wired for Dating, psychologist and relationship expert Stan Tatkin—author of Wired for Love—offers powerful tips based in neuroscience and attachment theory to help you find a compatible mate and go on to create a fabulous relationship. Using real-life scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn key concepts about how people become attracted to potential partners, move toward or away from commitment, and the important role the brain and nervous system play in this process. Each chapter explores the scientific concepts of attachment theory, arousal regulation, and neuroscience. And with a little practice, you&amp;#039;ll learn to apply these exercises and practical techniques to your dating life. If you&amp;#039;re ready to get serious (or not!) about dating, meet your match, and have more fun, this book will be your guide.</description>
      <author>Stan Tatkin PsyD MFT</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515972730.mp3" length="8455452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515972730.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Dating: How Understanding Neurobiology and Attachment Style Can Help You Find Your Ideal Mate
Author: Stan Tatkin PsyD MFT
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Everybody wants someone to love and spend time with, and searching for your ideal partner is a natural and healthy human tendency. Just about everyone dates at some point in their lives, yet few really understand what they&amp;#039;re doing or how to get the best results. In Wired for Dating, psychologist and relationship expert Stan Tatkin—author of Wired for Love—offers powerful tips based in neuroscience and attachment theory to help you find a compatible mate and go on to create a fabulous relationship. Using real-life scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn key concepts about how people become attracted to potential partners, move toward or away from commitment, and the important role the brain and nervous system play in this process. Each chapter explores the scientific concepts of attachment theory, arousal regulation, and neuroscience. And with a little practice, you&amp;#039;ll learn to apply these exercises and practical techniques to your dating life. If you&amp;#039;re ready to get serious (or not!) about dating, meet your match, and have more fun, this book will be your guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317141</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wired for Dating: How Understanding Neurobiology and Attachment Style Can Help You Find Your Ideal Mate
Author: Stan Tatkin PsyD MFT
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Everybody wants someone to love and spend time with, and searching for your ideal partner is a natural and healthy human tendency. Just about everyone dates at some point in their lives, yet few really understand what they&amp;#039;re doing or how to get the best results. In Wired for Dating, psychologist and relationship expert Stan Tatkin—author of Wired for Love—offers powerful tips based in neuroscience and attachment theory to help you find a compatible mate and go on to create a fabulous relationship. Using real-life scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn key concepts about how people become attracted to potential partners, move toward or away from commitment, and the important role the brain and nervous system play in this process. Each chapter explores the scientific concepts of attachment theory, arousal regulation, and neuroscience. And with a little practice, you&amp;#039;ll learn to apply these exercises and practical techniques to your dating life. If you&amp;#039;re ready to get serious (or not!) about dating, meet your match, and have more fun, this book will be your guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mindful Way Through Anxiety: Break Free from Chronic Worry and Reclaim Your Life by Susan M. Orsillo PhD, Lizabeth Roemer PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Way Through Anxiety: Break Free from Chronic Worry and Reclaim Your Life
Author: Susan M. Orsillo PhD, Lizabeth Roemer PhD
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You can&amp;#039;t just &amp;#039;get over&amp;#039; anxiety. In fact, the very things most people do to try to feel better—avoiding feared situations, pushing worry out of mind—only make the problem worse. Leading psychologists Susan M. Orsillo and Lizabeth Roemer present a powerful new alternative that can help you break free of anxiety by fundamentally changing how you relate to it. With clarity and compassion, this book describes clinically tested mindfulness practices specifically tailored for anxiety in its many forms. Learn step-by-step strategies for gaining awareness of anxious feelings without letting them escalate; loosening the grip of worry and fear; and achieving a new level of emotional and physical well-being.</description>
      <author>Susan M. Orsillo PhD, Lizabeth Roemer PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Jan 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515972181.mp3" length="2774800" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515972181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Way Through Anxiety: Break Free from Chronic Worry and Reclaim Your Life
Author: Susan M. Orsillo PhD, Lizabeth Roemer PhD
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You can&amp;#039;t just &amp;#039;get over&amp;#039; anxiety. In fact, the very things most people do to try to feel better—avoiding feared situations, pushing worry out of mind—only make the problem worse. Leading psychologists Susan M. Orsillo and Lizabeth Roemer present a powerful new alternative that can help you break free of anxiety by fundamentally changing how you relate to it. With clarity and compassion, this book describes clinically tested mindfulness practices specifically tailored for anxiety in its many forms. Learn step-by-step strategies for gaining awareness of anxious feelings without letting them escalate; loosening the grip of worry and fear; and achieving a new level of emotional and physical well-being.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Way Through Anxiety: Break Free from Chronic Worry and Reclaim Your Life
Author: Susan M. Orsillo PhD, Lizabeth Roemer PhD
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You can&amp;#039;t just &amp;#039;get over&amp;#039; anxiety. In fact, the very things most people do to try to feel better—avoiding feared situations, pushing worry out of mind—only make the problem worse. Leading psychologists Susan M. Orsillo and Lizabeth Roemer present a powerful new alternative that can help you break free of anxiety by fundamentally changing how you relate to it. With clarity and compassion, this book describes clinically tested mindfulness practices specifically tailored for anxiety in its many forms. Learn step-by-step strategies for gaining awareness of anxious feelings without letting them escalate; loosening the grip of worry and fear; and achieving a new level of emotional and physical well-being.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion: Freeing Yourself from Destructive Thoughts and Emotions by Christopher K. Germer PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion: Freeing Yourself from Destructive Thoughts and Emotions
Author: Christopher K. Germer PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Buck up.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Stop feeling sorry for yourself.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t ruin everything.&amp;#039; When you are anxious, sad, angry, or lonely, do you hear this self-critical voice? What would happen if, instead of fighting difficult emotions, we accepted them? Over his decades of experience as a therapist and mindfulness meditation practitioner, Dr. Christopher Germer has learned a paradoxical lesson: We all want to avoid pain, but letting it in and responding compassionately to our own imperfections are essential steps on the path to healing. This wise and eloquent book illuminates the power of self-compassion and offers creative, scientifically grounded strategies for putting it into action. You&amp;#039;ll master practical techniques for living more fully in the present moment—especially when hard-to-bear emotions arise—and for being kind to yourself when you need it the most.</description>
      <author>Christopher K. Germer PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Jan 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515972174.mp3" length="2717362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515972174.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion: Freeing Yourself from Destructive Thoughts and Emotions
Author: Christopher K. Germer PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Buck up.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Stop feeling sorry for yourself.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t ruin everything.&amp;#039; When you are anxious, sad, angry, or lonely, do you hear this self-critical voice? What would happen if, instead of fighting difficult emotions, we accepted them? Over his decades of experience as a therapist and mindfulness meditation practitioner, Dr. Christopher Germer has learned a paradoxical lesson: We all want to avoid pain, but letting it in and responding compassionately to our own imperfections are essential steps on the path to healing. This wise and eloquent book illuminates the power of self-compassion and offers creative, scientifically grounded strategies for putting it into action. You&amp;#039;ll master practical techniques for living more fully in the present moment—especially when hard-to-bear emotions arise—and for being kind to yourself when you need it the most.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mindful Path to Self-Compassion: Freeing Yourself from Destructive Thoughts and Emotions
Author: Christopher K. Germer PhD
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Buck up.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Stop feeling sorry for yourself.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t ruin everything.&amp;#039; When you are anxious, sad, angry, or lonely, do you hear this self-critical voice? What would happen if, instead of fighting difficult emotions, we accepted them? Over his decades of experience as a therapist and mindfulness meditation practitioner, Dr. Christopher Germer has learned a paradoxical lesson: We all want to avoid pain, but letting it in and responding compassionately to our own imperfections are essential steps on the path to healing. This wise and eloquent book illuminates the power of self-compassion and offers creative, scientifically grounded strategies for putting it into action. You&amp;#039;ll master practical techniques for living more fully in the present moment—especially when hard-to-bear emotions arise—and for being kind to yourself when you need it the most.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introvert Power: Why Your Inner Life Is Your Hidden Strength by Laurie Helgoe PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introvert Power: Why Your Inner Life Is Your Hidden Strength
Author: Laurie Helgoe PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s no wonder that introversion is making headlines—half of all Americans are introverts. But if that describes you, are you making the most of your inner strength? In this book, psychologist and introvert Laurie Helgoe, PhD, unveils the genius of introversion. Introverts gain energy and power through reflection and solitude. Our culture, however, is geared toward the extrovert. The pressure to get out there and get happier can lead people to think that an inward orientation is a problem instead of an opportunity. Helgoe shows that the exact opposite is true: introverts can capitalize on this inner source of power. Introvert Power is a blueprint for how introverts can take full advantage of this hidden strength in daily life.</description>
      <author>Laurie Helgoe PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515971795.mp3" length="8150233" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515971795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introvert Power: Why Your Inner Life Is Your Hidden Strength
Author: Laurie Helgoe PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s no wonder that introversion is making headlines—half of all Americans are introverts. But if that describes you, are you making the most of your inner strength? In this book, psychologist and introvert Laurie Helgoe, PhD, unveils the genius of introversion. Introverts gain energy and power through reflection and solitude. Our culture, however, is geared toward the extrovert. The pressure to get out there and get happier can lead people to think that an inward orientation is a problem instead of an opportunity. Helgoe shows that the exact opposite is true: introverts can capitalize on this inner source of power. Introvert Power is a blueprint for how introverts can take full advantage of this hidden strength in daily life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introvert Power: Why Your Inner Life Is Your Hidden Strength
Author: Laurie Helgoe PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s no wonder that introversion is making headlines—half of all Americans are introverts. But if that describes you, are you making the most of your inner strength? In this book, psychologist and introvert Laurie Helgoe, PhD, unveils the genius of introversion. Introverts gain energy and power through reflection and solitude. Our culture, however, is geared toward the extrovert. The pressure to get out there and get happier can lead people to think that an inward orientation is a problem instead of an opportunity. Helgoe shows that the exact opposite is true: introverts can capitalize on this inner source of power. Introvert Power is a blueprint for how introverts can take full advantage of this hidden strength in daily life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eating in the Light of the Moon: How Women Can Transform Their Relationship with Food Through Myths, Metaphors, and Storytelling by Anita A. Johnston PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eating in the Light of the Moon: How Women Can Transform Their Relationship with Food Through Myths, Metaphors, and Storytelling
Author: Anita A. Johnston PhD
Narrator: Arika Rapson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Weaving a rich tapestry of multicultural myths, ancient legends, and simple folktales, Anita Johnston, PhD, inspires women to free themselves from disordered eating by discovering the metaphors that are hidden in their own life stories. &amp;#039;Storytellers speak in the language of myth and metaphor,&amp;#039; Johnston explains. &amp;#039;They tell us a truth that is not literal, but symbolic. If we hear the stories with only the outer ear, they can seem absurd and untrue, but when listened to with the inner ear, they convey a truth that can be understood and absorbed on a deeply personal level. In this way, stories help us connect with our inner world, to the natural rhythms and cycles of the earth, and to the power of our intuitive wisdom.&amp;#039; An immensely enjoyable book, Eating in the Light of the Moon is filled with practical exercises and profound insights. Twenty chapters explore different themes of self-discovery and empowerment on core issues such as intuition, symbolism, feelings, sexuality, and recovery.</description>
      <author>Anita A. Johnston PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515971573.mp3" length="8502489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515971573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eating in the Light of the Moon: How Women Can Transform Their Relationship with Food Through Myths, Metaphors, and Storytelling
Author: Anita A. Johnston PhD
Narrator: Arika Rapson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Weaving a rich tapestry of multicultural myths, ancient legends, and simple folktales, Anita Johnston, PhD, inspires women to free themselves from disordered eating by discovering the metaphors that are hidden in their own life stories. &amp;#039;Storytellers speak in the language of myth and metaphor,&amp;#039; Johnston explains. &amp;#039;They tell us a truth that is not literal, but symbolic. If we hear the stories with only the outer ear, they can seem absurd and untrue, but when listened to with the inner ear, they convey a truth that can be understood and absorbed on a deeply personal level. In this way, stories help us connect with our inner world, to the natural rhythms and cycles of the earth, and to the power of our intuitive wisdom.&amp;#039; An immensely enjoyable book, Eating in the Light of the Moon is filled with practical exercises and profound insights. Twenty chapters explore different themes of self-discovery and empowerment on core issues such as intuition, symbolism, feelings, sexuality, and recovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eating in the Light of the Moon: How Women Can Transform Their Relationship with Food Through Myths, Metaphors, and Storytelling
Author: Anita A. Johnston PhD
Narrator: Arika Rapson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Weaving a rich tapestry of multicultural myths, ancient legends, and simple folktales, Anita Johnston, PhD, inspires women to free themselves from disordered eating by discovering the metaphors that are hidden in their own life stories. &amp;#039;Storytellers speak in the language of myth and metaphor,&amp;#039; Johnston explains. &amp;#039;They tell us a truth that is not literal, but symbolic. If we hear the stories with only the outer ear, they can seem absurd and untrue, but when listened to with the inner ear, they convey a truth that can be understood and absorbed on a deeply personal level. In this way, stories help us connect with our inner world, to the natural rhythms and cycles of the earth, and to the power of our intuitive wisdom.&amp;#039; An immensely enjoyable book, Eating in the Light of the Moon is filled with practical exercises and profound insights. Twenty chapters explore different themes of self-discovery and empowerment on core issues such as intuition, symbolism, feelings, sexuality, and recovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Political Animals: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics by Rick Shenkman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Political Animals: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as bestselling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational. This isn&amp;#039;t because we aren&amp;#039;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor. Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.</description>
      <author>Rick Shenkman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494586751.mp3" length="8052194" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494586751.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Political Animals: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as bestselling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational. This isn&amp;#039;t because we aren&amp;#039;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor. Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Political Animals: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as bestselling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational. This isn&amp;#039;t because we aren&amp;#039;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor. Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Traumatic Stress: The Effects of Overwhelming Experience on Mind, Body, and Society by Alexander C. McFarlane Bessel A. van der Kolk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatic Stress: The Effects of Overwhelming Experience on Mind, Body, and Society
Author: Alexander C. McFarlane Bessel A. van der Kolk
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This bestselling classic presents seminal theory and research on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Together, the leading editors and contributors comprehensively examine how trauma affects an individual&amp;#039;s biology, conceptions of the world, and psychological functioning. Key topics include why certain people cope successfully with traumatic experiences while others do not, the neurobiological processes underlying PTSD symptomatology, enduring questions surrounding traumatic memories and dissociation, and the core components of effective interventions. A highly influential work that laid the foundation for many of the field&amp;#039;s continuing advances, this volume remains an immensely informative and thought-provoking clinical reference.</description>
      <author>Alexander C. McFarlane Bessel A. van der Kolk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541477926.mp3" length="1562467" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541477926.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatic Stress: The Effects of Overwhelming Experience on Mind, Body, and Society
Author: Alexander C. McFarlane Bessel A. van der Kolk
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This bestselling classic presents seminal theory and research on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Together, the leading editors and contributors comprehensively examine how trauma affects an individual&amp;#039;s biology, conceptions of the world, and psychological functioning. Key topics include why certain people cope successfully with traumatic experiences while others do not, the neurobiological processes underlying PTSD symptomatology, enduring questions surrounding traumatic memories and dissociation, and the core components of effective interventions. A highly influential work that laid the foundation for many of the field&amp;#039;s continuing advances, this volume remains an immensely informative and thought-provoking clinical reference.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Traumatic Stress: The Effects of Overwhelming Experience on Mind, Body, and Society
Author: Alexander C. McFarlane Bessel A. van der Kolk
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This bestselling classic presents seminal theory and research on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Together, the leading editors and contributors comprehensively examine how trauma affects an individual&amp;#039;s biology, conceptions of the world, and psychological functioning. Key topics include why certain people cope successfully with traumatic experiences while others do not, the neurobiological processes underlying PTSD symptomatology, enduring questions surrounding traumatic memories and dissociation, and the core components of effective interventions. A highly influential work that laid the foundation for many of the field&amp;#039;s continuing advances, this volume remains an immensely informative and thought-provoking clinical reference.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Attachment in Psychotherapy by David J. Wallin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Attachment in Psychotherapy
Author: David J. Wallin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This eloquent book translates attachment theory and research into an innovative framework that grounds adult psychotherapy in the facts of childhood development. Advancing a model of treatment as transformation through relationship, the author integrates attachment theory with neuroscience, trauma studies, relational psychotherapy, and the psychology of mindfulness. Vivid case material illustrates how therapists can tailor interventions to fit the attachment needs of their patients, thus helping them to generate the internalized secure base for which their early relationships provided no foundation. Demonstrating the clinical uses of a focus on nonverbal interaction, the book describes powerful techniques for working with the emotional responses and bodily experiences of patient and therapist alike.</description>
      <author>David J. Wallin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541477919.mp3" length="1525054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541477919.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Attachment in Psychotherapy
Author: David J. Wallin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This eloquent book translates attachment theory and research into an innovative framework that grounds adult psychotherapy in the facts of childhood development. Advancing a model of treatment as transformation through relationship, the author integrates attachment theory with neuroscience, trauma studies, relational psychotherapy, and the psychology of mindfulness. Vivid case material illustrates how therapists can tailor interventions to fit the attachment needs of their patients, thus helping them to generate the internalized secure base for which their early relationships provided no foundation. Demonstrating the clinical uses of a focus on nonverbal interaction, the book describes powerful techniques for working with the emotional responses and bodily experiences of patient and therapist alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Attachment in Psychotherapy
Author: David J. Wallin
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This eloquent book translates attachment theory and research into an innovative framework that grounds adult psychotherapy in the facts of childhood development. Advancing a model of treatment as transformation through relationship, the author integrates attachment theory with neuroscience, trauma studies, relational psychotherapy, and the psychology of mindfulness. Vivid case material illustrates how therapists can tailor interventions to fit the attachment needs of their patients, thus helping them to generate the internalized secure base for which their early relationships provided no foundation. Demonstrating the clinical uses of a focus on nonverbal interaction, the book describes powerful techniques for working with the emotional responses and bodily experiences of patient and therapist alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scienceblind: Why Our Intuitive Theories About the World Are So Often Wrong by Andrew Shtulman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scienceblind: Why Our Intuitive Theories About the World Are So Often Wrong
Author: Andrew Shtulman
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are born to create theories about the world—unfortunately, they&amp;#039;re usually wrong, and keep us from understanding the world as it really is. Why do we catch colds? What causes seasons to change? And if you fire a bullet from a gun and drop one from your hand, which bullet hits the ground first? In a pinch we almost always get these questions wrong. Worse, we regularly misconstrue fundamental qualities of the world around us. In Scienceblind, cognitive and developmental psychologist Andrew Shtulman shows that the root of our misconceptions lies in the theories about the world we develop as children. They&amp;#039;re not only wrong, they close our minds to ideas inconsistent with them, making us unable to learn science later in life. So how do we get the world right? We must dismantle our intuitive theories and rebuild our knowledge from its foundations. The reward won&amp;#039;t just be a truer picture of the world, but clearer solutions to many controversies—around vaccines, climate change, or evolution—that plague our politics today.</description>
      <author>Andrew Shtulman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541481381.mp3" length="1394523" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541481381.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scienceblind: Why Our Intuitive Theories About the World Are So Often Wrong
Author: Andrew Shtulman
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are born to create theories about the world—unfortunately, they&amp;#039;re usually wrong, and keep us from understanding the world as it really is. Why do we catch colds? What causes seasons to change? And if you fire a bullet from a gun and drop one from your hand, which bullet hits the ground first? In a pinch we almost always get these questions wrong. Worse, we regularly misconstrue fundamental qualities of the world around us. In Scienceblind, cognitive and developmental psychologist Andrew Shtulman shows that the root of our misconceptions lies in the theories about the world we develop as children. They&amp;#039;re not only wrong, they close our minds to ideas inconsistent with them, making us unable to learn science later in life. So how do we get the world right? We must dismantle our intuitive theories and rebuild our knowledge from its foundations. The reward won&amp;#039;t just be a truer picture of the world, but clearer solutions to many controversies—around vaccines, climate change, or evolution—that plague our politics today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scienceblind: Why Our Intuitive Theories About the World Are So Often Wrong
Author: Andrew Shtulman
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are born to create theories about the world—unfortunately, they&amp;#039;re usually wrong, and keep us from understanding the world as it really is. Why do we catch colds? What causes seasons to change? And if you fire a bullet from a gun and drop one from your hand, which bullet hits the ground first? In a pinch we almost always get these questions wrong. Worse, we regularly misconstrue fundamental qualities of the world around us. In Scienceblind, cognitive and developmental psychologist Andrew Shtulman shows that the root of our misconceptions lies in the theories about the world we develop as children. They&amp;#039;re not only wrong, they close our minds to ideas inconsistent with them, making us unable to learn science later in life. So how do we get the world right? We must dismantle our intuitive theories and rebuild our knowledge from its foundations. The reward won&amp;#039;t just be a truer picture of the world, but clearer solutions to many controversies—around vaccines, climate change, or evolution—that plague our politics today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Forgot to Die by Khalil Rafati</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Forgot to Die
Author: Khalil Rafati
Narrator: Khalil Rafati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.87 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Khalil Rafati went to Los Angeles in the 1990s and had it all. He was working with Hollywood movie stars and legendary rock musicians, but it wasn&amp;#039;t long before he found his way into the dark underbelly of the City of Angels. When he hit rock bottom—addicted to heroin and cocaine, overtaken by paranoia and psychosis, written off by his friends and family—he grabbed a shovel and kept digging. At thirty-three, Khalil was 109 pounds, a convicted felon, high school dropout, and homeless junkie living on the infamous Skid Row in downtown L.A. So how does someone with nothing, who feels like they deserve nothing, and who just wants to end it all turn their life around? I Forgot to Die is an incredible true story of pain, suffering, addiction, and redemption—and how one man ultimately conquered his demons and wrote himself a new life story.</description>
      <author>Khalil Rafati</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541474284.mp3" length="7789834" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541474284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Forgot to Die
Author: Khalil Rafati
Narrator: Khalil Rafati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.87 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Khalil Rafati went to Los Angeles in the 1990s and had it all. He was working with Hollywood movie stars and legendary rock musicians, but it wasn&amp;#039;t long before he found his way into the dark underbelly of the City of Angels. When he hit rock bottom—addicted to heroin and cocaine, overtaken by paranoia and psychosis, written off by his friends and family—he grabbed a shovel and kept digging. At thirty-three, Khalil was 109 pounds, a convicted felon, high school dropout, and homeless junkie living on the infamous Skid Row in downtown L.A. So how does someone with nothing, who feels like they deserve nothing, and who just wants to end it all turn their life around? I Forgot to Die is an incredible true story of pain, suffering, addiction, and redemption—and how one man ultimately conquered his demons and wrote himself a new life story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Forgot to Die
Author: Khalil Rafati
Narrator: Khalil Rafati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.87 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Khalil Rafati went to Los Angeles in the 1990s and had it all. He was working with Hollywood movie stars and legendary rock musicians, but it wasn&amp;#039;t long before he found his way into the dark underbelly of the City of Angels. When he hit rock bottom—addicted to heroin and cocaine, overtaken by paranoia and psychosis, written off by his friends and family—he grabbed a shovel and kept digging. At thirty-three, Khalil was 109 pounds, a convicted felon, high school dropout, and homeless junkie living on the infamous Skid Row in downtown L.A. So how does someone with nothing, who feels like they deserve nothing, and who just wants to end it all turn their life around? I Forgot to Die is an incredible true story of pain, suffering, addiction, and redemption—and how one man ultimately conquered his demons and wrote himself a new life story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness by Paula Poundstone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness
Author: Paula Poundstone
Narrator: Paula Poundstone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there a secret to happiness? Beloved comedian Paula Poundstone conducts a series of &amp;#039;thoroughly scientific&amp;#039; experiments to find out, offering herself up as a guinea pig and recording her data for the benefit of all humankind. Armed with her unique brand of self-deprecating wit and the scientific method, in each chapter Paula tries out a different get-happy hypothesis. She gets in shape with taekwondo. She drives fast behind the wheel of a Lamborghini. She communes with nature while camping with her daughter. Swing dancing? Meditation? Volunteering? Does any of it bring her happiness? And more important, can the happiness last when she returns to the daily demands of her chaotic life? The results are irreverent, laugh-out-loud funny, and pointedly relevant to our times. The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness is both a hilarious story of jumping into new experiences with both feet and a surprisingly poignant tale of a working mother raising three kids. Paula is a master of her craft. Her comedic brilliance, served up in abundance in this book, has been compared to that of George Carlin, Tina Fey, Lily Tomlin, and David Sedaris.</description>
      <author>Paula Poundstone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781681684048.mp3" length="8482292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781681684048.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness
Author: Paula Poundstone
Narrator: Paula Poundstone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there a secret to happiness? Beloved comedian Paula Poundstone conducts a series of &amp;#039;thoroughly scientific&amp;#039; experiments to find out, offering herself up as a guinea pig and recording her data for the benefit of all humankind. Armed with her unique brand of self-deprecating wit and the scientific method, in each chapter Paula tries out a different get-happy hypothesis. She gets in shape with taekwondo. She drives fast behind the wheel of a Lamborghini. She communes with nature while camping with her daughter. Swing dancing? Meditation? Volunteering? Does any of it bring her happiness? And more important, can the happiness last when she returns to the daily demands of her chaotic life? The results are irreverent, laugh-out-loud funny, and pointedly relevant to our times. The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness is both a hilarious story of jumping into new experiences with both feet and a surprisingly poignant tale of a working mother raising three kids. Paula is a master of her craft. Her comedic brilliance, served up in abundance in this book, has been compared to that of George Carlin, Tina Fey, Lily Tomlin, and David Sedaris.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness
Author: Paula Poundstone
Narrator: Paula Poundstone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there a secret to happiness? Beloved comedian Paula Poundstone conducts a series of &amp;#039;thoroughly scientific&amp;#039; experiments to find out, offering herself up as a guinea pig and recording her data for the benefit of all humankind. Armed with her unique brand of self-deprecating wit and the scientific method, in each chapter Paula tries out a different get-happy hypothesis. She gets in shape with taekwondo. She drives fast behind the wheel of a Lamborghini. She communes with nature while camping with her daughter. Swing dancing? Meditation? Volunteering? Does any of it bring her happiness? And more important, can the happiness last when she returns to the daily demands of her chaotic life? The results are irreverent, laugh-out-loud funny, and pointedly relevant to our times. The Totally Unscientific Study of the Search for Human Happiness is both a hilarious story of jumping into new experiences with both feet and a surprisingly poignant tale of a working mother raising three kids. Paula is a master of her craft. Her comedic brilliance, served up in abundance in this book, has been compared to that of George Carlin, Tina Fey, Lily Tomlin, and David Sedaris.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Talking Back to OCD: The Program That Helps Kids and Teens Say &amp;#039;No Way&amp;#039; -- and Parents Say &amp;#039;Way to Go&amp;#039; by John S. March MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talking Back to OCD: The Program That Helps Kids and Teens Say &amp;#039;No Way&amp;#039; -- and Parents Say &amp;#039;Way to Go&amp;#039;
Author: John S. March MD
Narrator: Christopher Solimene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
No one wants to get rid of obsessive-compulsive disorder more than someone who has it. That&amp;#039;s why Talking Back to OCD puts kids and teens in charge. Dr. John March&amp;#039;s eight-step program has already helped thousands of young people show the disorder that it doesn&amp;#039;t call the shots—they do. This uniquely designed volume is really two books in one. Each chapter begins with a section that helps kids and teens zero in on specific problems and develop skills they can use to tune out obsessions and resist compulsions. Talking Back to OCD shows parents how to be supportive without getting in the way. The next time OCD butts in, your family will be prepared to boss back—and show an unwelcome visitor to the door.</description>
      <author>John S. March MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541478565.mp3" length="2826179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541478565.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talking Back to OCD: The Program That Helps Kids and Teens Say &amp;#039;No Way&amp;#039; -- and Parents Say &amp;#039;Way to Go&amp;#039;
Author: John S. March MD
Narrator: Christopher Solimene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
No one wants to get rid of obsessive-compulsive disorder more than someone who has it. That&amp;#039;s why Talking Back to OCD puts kids and teens in charge. Dr. John March&amp;#039;s eight-step program has already helped thousands of young people show the disorder that it doesn&amp;#039;t call the shots—they do. This uniquely designed volume is really two books in one. Each chapter begins with a section that helps kids and teens zero in on specific problems and develop skills they can use to tune out obsessions and resist compulsions. Talking Back to OCD shows parents how to be supportive without getting in the way. The next time OCD butts in, your family will be prepared to boss back—and show an unwelcome visitor to the door.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talking Back to OCD: The Program That Helps Kids and Teens Say &amp;#039;No Way&amp;#039; -- and Parents Say &amp;#039;Way to Go&amp;#039;
Author: John S. March MD
Narrator: Christopher Solimene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
No one wants to get rid of obsessive-compulsive disorder more than someone who has it. That&amp;#039;s why Talking Back to OCD puts kids and teens in charge. Dr. John March&amp;#039;s eight-step program has already helped thousands of young people show the disorder that it doesn&amp;#039;t call the shots—they do. This uniquely designed volume is really two books in one. Each chapter begins with a section that helps kids and teens zero in on specific problems and develop skills they can use to tune out obsessions and resist compulsions. Talking Back to OCD shows parents how to be supportive without getting in the way. The next time OCD butts in, your family will be prepared to boss back—and show an unwelcome visitor to the door.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations by Jaime Kurtz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations
Author: Jaime Kurtz
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations, psychology professor Dr. Jaime Kurtz applies the large and ever-growing body of research on happiness and decision-making to enhance the experience of travel. An avid explorer, study abroad instructor, teacher, and happiness researcher, Dr. Kurtz shows how anyone who has a vacation in his or her future can create the most meaningful, fulfilling, and joyful experiences possible. When the price of travel is daunting, getting the most &amp;#039;bang for your buck,&amp;#039; both financially and emotionally, is essential to an ideal travel experience. With a sense of humor and adventure, Dr. Kurtz provides guidance on how to craft your perfect trip, boost your excitement before your trip even begins, and actively immerse yourself in a new culture while unplugging from your technological ties to home. She also explains how to best cherish and share travel moments, how to ease back into your daily life upon returning, and how to carry the secrets of happy travel into every day.</description>
      <author>Jaime Kurtz</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541470989.mp3" length="8437503" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541470989.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations
Author: Jaime Kurtz
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations, psychology professor Dr. Jaime Kurtz applies the large and ever-growing body of research on happiness and decision-making to enhance the experience of travel. An avid explorer, study abroad instructor, teacher, and happiness researcher, Dr. Kurtz shows how anyone who has a vacation in his or her future can create the most meaningful, fulfilling, and joyful experiences possible. When the price of travel is daunting, getting the most &amp;#039;bang for your buck,&amp;#039; both financially and emotionally, is essential to an ideal travel experience. With a sense of humor and adventure, Dr. Kurtz provides guidance on how to craft your perfect trip, boost your excitement before your trip even begins, and actively immerse yourself in a new culture while unplugging from your technological ties to home. She also explains how to best cherish and share travel moments, how to ease back into your daily life upon returning, and how to carry the secrets of happy travel into every day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations
Author: Jaime Kurtz
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Happy Traveler: Unpacking the Secrets of Better Vacations, psychology professor Dr. Jaime Kurtz applies the large and ever-growing body of research on happiness and decision-making to enhance the experience of travel. An avid explorer, study abroad instructor, teacher, and happiness researcher, Dr. Kurtz shows how anyone who has a vacation in his or her future can create the most meaningful, fulfilling, and joyful experiences possible. When the price of travel is daunting, getting the most &amp;#039;bang for your buck,&amp;#039; both financially and emotionally, is essential to an ideal travel experience. With a sense of humor and adventure, Dr. Kurtz provides guidance on how to craft your perfect trip, boost your excitement before your trip even begins, and actively immerse yourself in a new culture while unplugging from your technological ties to home. She also explains how to best cherish and share travel moments, how to ease back into your daily life upon returning, and how to carry the secrets of happy travel into every day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A’s, Praise, and Other Bribes by Alfie Kohn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A’s, Praise, and Other Bribes
Author: Alfie Kohn
Narrator: Alfie Kohn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our basic strategy for raising children, teaching students, and managing workers can be summed up in six words: Do this, and you&amp;#039;ll get that. We dangle goodies (from candy bars to sales commissions) in front of people in the same way that we train the family pet. Unfortunately, attempts to manipulate people with incentives ultimately fail and even do lasting harm. Drawing from hundreds of studies, Kohn demonstrates that people actually do inferior work when they are enticed with money, grades, or other rewards. What&amp;#039;s more, they tend to lose interest in whatever they have been manipulated with rewards to do. Over the years, this groundbreaking book has persuaded countless parents, teachers, and managers that rewards and punishments are actually two sides of the same coin, and it&amp;#039;s a coin that doesn&amp;#039;t buy very much. Kohn explains what it means to work with people instead of doing things to them—at home, at school, and at work.  Seasoned with humor—and containing new studies and stories in an Afterword written for the book&amp;#039;s revised edition—Punished by Rewards presents an argument unsettling to hear but impossible to dismiss.</description>
      <author>Alfie Kohn</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541476394.mp3" length="8451754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541476394.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A’s, Praise, and Other Bribes
Author: Alfie Kohn
Narrator: Alfie Kohn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our basic strategy for raising children, teaching students, and managing workers can be summed up in six words: Do this, and you&amp;#039;ll get that. We dangle goodies (from candy bars to sales commissions) in front of people in the same way that we train the family pet. Unfortunately, attempts to manipulate people with incentives ultimately fail and even do lasting harm. Drawing from hundreds of studies, Kohn demonstrates that people actually do inferior work when they are enticed with money, grades, or other rewards. What&amp;#039;s more, they tend to lose interest in whatever they have been manipulated with rewards to do. Over the years, this groundbreaking book has persuaded countless parents, teachers, and managers that rewards and punishments are actually two sides of the same coin, and it&amp;#039;s a coin that doesn&amp;#039;t buy very much. Kohn explains what it means to work with people instead of doing things to them—at home, at school, and at work.  Seasoned with humor—and containing new studies and stories in an Afterword written for the book&amp;#039;s revised edition—Punished by Rewards presents an argument unsettling to hear but impossible to dismiss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A’s, Praise, and Other Bribes
Author: Alfie Kohn
Narrator: Alfie Kohn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our basic strategy for raising children, teaching students, and managing workers can be summed up in six words: Do this, and you&amp;#039;ll get that. We dangle goodies (from candy bars to sales commissions) in front of people in the same way that we train the family pet. Unfortunately, attempts to manipulate people with incentives ultimately fail and even do lasting harm. Drawing from hundreds of studies, Kohn demonstrates that people actually do inferior work when they are enticed with money, grades, or other rewards. What&amp;#039;s more, they tend to lose interest in whatever they have been manipulated with rewards to do. Over the years, this groundbreaking book has persuaded countless parents, teachers, and managers that rewards and punishments are actually two sides of the same coin, and it&amp;#039;s a coin that doesn&amp;#039;t buy very much. Kohn explains what it means to work with people instead of doing things to them—at home, at school, and at work.  Seasoned with humor—and containing new studies and stories in an Afterword written for the book&amp;#039;s revised edition—Punished by Rewards presents an argument unsettling to hear but impossible to dismiss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change Your Story, Change Your Life: Using Shamanic and Jungian Tools to Achieve Personal Transformation by Carl Greer PhD PsyD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Story, Change Your Life: Using Shamanic and Jungian Tools to Achieve Personal Transformation
Author: Carl Greer PhD PsyD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Story, Change Your Life is a practical self-help guide to personal transformation using traditional shamanic techniques combined with journaling and Carl Greer&amp;#039;s method for dialoguing that draws upon Jungian active imagination. The exercises inspire listeners to work with insights and energies derived during the use of modalities that tap into the unconscious so that they may consciously choose the changes they would like to make in their lives and begin implementing them.</description>
      <author>Carl Greer PhD PsyD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541479913.mp3" length="8323706" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541479913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Story, Change Your Life: Using Shamanic and Jungian Tools to Achieve Personal Transformation
Author: Carl Greer PhD PsyD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Story, Change Your Life is a practical self-help guide to personal transformation using traditional shamanic techniques combined with journaling and Carl Greer&amp;#039;s method for dialoguing that draws upon Jungian active imagination. The exercises inspire listeners to work with insights and energies derived during the use of modalities that tap into the unconscious so that they may consciously choose the changes they would like to make in their lives and begin implementing them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Story, Change Your Life: Using Shamanic and Jungian Tools to Achieve Personal Transformation
Author: Carl Greer PhD PsyD
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Change Your Story, Change Your Life is a practical self-help guide to personal transformation using traditional shamanic techniques combined with journaling and Carl Greer&amp;#039;s method for dialoguing that draws upon Jungian active imagination. The exercises inspire listeners to work with insights and energies derived during the use of modalities that tap into the unconscious so that they may consciously choose the changes they would like to make in their lives and begin implementing them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overcoming the Destructive Inner Voice: True Stories of Therapy and Transformation by Robert W. Firestone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming the Destructive Inner Voice: True Stories of Therapy and Transformation
Author: Robert W. Firestone
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people grapple with destructive thought processes or a &amp;#039;critical inner voice&amp;#039; that directs their behavior and, to varying degrees, limits their lives. Using deeply personal and very human stories based on his own clinical practice, noted psychologist Robert W. Firestone illustrates the struggles of his clients to give words to this &amp;#039;enemy within,&amp;#039; and in the process overcome its damaging influence. These revealing and captivating stories offer glimpses into the uniquely human relationship that develops in the therapeutic encounter and demonstrate the powerful impact that the experience has on both client and therapist.      Dr. Firestone is the originator of a therapeutic method called &amp;#039;Voice Therapy,&amp;#039; by which clients learn to identify the language of the defense system and eventually separate their own point of view from its harmful effects. Each story provides an intimate look into one person&amp;#039;s life, illuminates aspects of his or her &amp;#039;dark side,&amp;#039; and highlights an important insight into the therapeutic process.      This sensitively written book will evoke emotional responses in listeners, and inspire them to take action to challenge the dictates of their own inner critic.</description>
      <author>Robert W. Firestone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541473157.mp3" length="8718251" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541473157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming the Destructive Inner Voice: True Stories of Therapy and Transformation
Author: Robert W. Firestone
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people grapple with destructive thought processes or a &amp;#039;critical inner voice&amp;#039; that directs their behavior and, to varying degrees, limits their lives. Using deeply personal and very human stories based on his own clinical practice, noted psychologist Robert W. Firestone illustrates the struggles of his clients to give words to this &amp;#039;enemy within,&amp;#039; and in the process overcome its damaging influence. These revealing and captivating stories offer glimpses into the uniquely human relationship that develops in the therapeutic encounter and demonstrate the powerful impact that the experience has on both client and therapist.      Dr. Firestone is the originator of a therapeutic method called &amp;#039;Voice Therapy,&amp;#039; by which clients learn to identify the language of the defense system and eventually separate their own point of view from its harmful effects. Each story provides an intimate look into one person&amp;#039;s life, illuminates aspects of his or her &amp;#039;dark side,&amp;#039; and highlights an important insight into the therapeutic process.      This sensitively written book will evoke emotional responses in listeners, and inspire them to take action to challenge the dictates of their own inner critic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Overcoming the Destructive Inner Voice: True Stories of Therapy and Transformation
Author: Robert W. Firestone
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many people grapple with destructive thought processes or a &amp;#039;critical inner voice&amp;#039; that directs their behavior and, to varying degrees, limits their lives. Using deeply personal and very human stories based on his own clinical practice, noted psychologist Robert W. Firestone illustrates the struggles of his clients to give words to this &amp;#039;enemy within,&amp;#039; and in the process overcome its damaging influence. These revealing and captivating stories offer glimpses into the uniquely human relationship that develops in the therapeutic encounter and demonstrate the powerful impact that the experience has on both client and therapist.      Dr. Firestone is the originator of a therapeutic method called &amp;#039;Voice Therapy,&amp;#039; by which clients learn to identify the language of the defense system and eventually separate their own point of view from its harmful effects. Each story provides an intimate look into one person&amp;#039;s life, illuminates aspects of his or her &amp;#039;dark side,&amp;#039; and highlights an important insight into the therapeutic process.      This sensitively written book will evoke emotional responses in listeners, and inspire them to take action to challenge the dictates of their own inner critic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moral Combat: Why the War on Violent Video Games Is Wrong by Patrick M. Markey PhD, Christopher J. Ferguson PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Combat: Why the War on Violent Video Games Is Wrong
Author: Patrick M. Markey PhD, Christopher J. Ferguson PhD
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The media and politicians have been sounding the alarm for years, and with every fresh tragedy involving a young perpetrator comes another flurry of articles about the dangers of violent media. The problem is this: Their fear isn&amp;#039;t supported by the evidence. In fact, unlike the video game–trained murder machines depicted in the press, school shooters are actually less likely to be interested in violent games than their peers. In reality, most well-adjusted children and teenagers play violent video games, all without ever exhibiting violent behavior in real life. What&amp;#039;s more, spikes in sales of violent games actually correspond to decreased rates of violent crime. If that surprises you, you’re not alone—the national dialogue on games and violence has been hopelessly biased. But that’s beginning to change. Scholars are finding that not only are violent games not one of society’s great evils, they may even be a force for good. In Moral Combat, Markey and Ferguson explore how video games—even the bloodiest—can have a positive impact on everything from social skills to stress, and may even make us more morally sensitive.</description>
      <author>Patrick M. Markey PhD, Christopher J. Ferguson PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541481848.mp3" length="8006874" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541481848.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Combat: Why the War on Violent Video Games Is Wrong
Author: Patrick M. Markey PhD, Christopher J. Ferguson PhD
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The media and politicians have been sounding the alarm for years, and with every fresh tragedy involving a young perpetrator comes another flurry of articles about the dangers of violent media. The problem is this: Their fear isn&amp;#039;t supported by the evidence. In fact, unlike the video game–trained murder machines depicted in the press, school shooters are actually less likely to be interested in violent games than their peers. In reality, most well-adjusted children and teenagers play violent video games, all without ever exhibiting violent behavior in real life. What&amp;#039;s more, spikes in sales of violent games actually correspond to decreased rates of violent crime. If that surprises you, you’re not alone—the national dialogue on games and violence has been hopelessly biased. But that’s beginning to change. Scholars are finding that not only are violent games not one of society’s great evils, they may even be a force for good. In Moral Combat, Markey and Ferguson explore how video games—even the bloodiest—can have a positive impact on everything from social skills to stress, and may even make us more morally sensitive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/316007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Combat: Why the War on Violent Video Games Is Wrong
Author: Patrick M. Markey PhD, Christopher J. Ferguson PhD
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The media and politicians have been sounding the alarm for years, and with every fresh tragedy involving a young perpetrator comes another flurry of articles about the dangers of violent media. The problem is this: Their fear isn&amp;#039;t supported by the evidence. In fact, unlike the video game–trained murder machines depicted in the press, school shooters are actually less likely to be interested in violent games than their peers. In reality, most well-adjusted children and teenagers play violent video games, all without ever exhibiting violent behavior in real life. What&amp;#039;s more, spikes in sales of violent games actually correspond to decreased rates of violent crime. If that surprises you, you’re not alone—the national dialogue on games and violence has been hopelessly biased. But that’s beginning to change. Scholars are finding that not only are violent games not one of society’s great evils, they may even be a force for good. In Moral Combat, Markey and Ferguson explore how video games—even the bloodiest—can have a positive impact on everything from social skills to stress, and may even make us more morally sensitive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond ADHD: Overcoming the Label and Thriving by Robert Yehling, Jeff Emmerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond ADHD: Overcoming the Label and Thriving
Author: Robert Yehling, Jeff Emmerson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond ADHD weaves Jeff Emmerson&amp;#039;s personal story of his ADHD diagnosis, exploring along the way the latest medical, scientific, and societal explanations and tools for managing and living with the condition. Including interviews with a number of experts at the forefront of next-generation ADHD diagnostics and treatment, he questions the cookie-cutter way ADHD is commonly diagnosed and treated. Suggesting that the list of symptoms often used to identify ADHD can be attributed to many other disorders and conditions, he explores how and why ADHD diagnoses have increased by 50% in the last ten years.   Emmerson advocates a different approach to ADHD, arguing that it should be a diagnosis of exclusion rather than the other way around, and that we must look past the label, recognizing that individual symptoms vary and treatment plans should be better tailored to the individual. He examines mental and behavioral issues from all sides, including the possibility that nurturing—rather than trying to alter or suppress—the active, &amp;#039;360-degree&amp;#039; mind is a viable way for those diagnosed with ADHD to realize their gifts and lead purposeful lives.</description>
      <author>Robert Yehling, Jeff Emmerson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541481367.mp3" length="7893704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541481367.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond ADHD: Overcoming the Label and Thriving
Author: Robert Yehling, Jeff Emmerson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond ADHD weaves Jeff Emmerson&amp;#039;s personal story of his ADHD diagnosis, exploring along the way the latest medical, scientific, and societal explanations and tools for managing and living with the condition. Including interviews with a number of experts at the forefront of next-generation ADHD diagnostics and treatment, he questions the cookie-cutter way ADHD is commonly diagnosed and treated. Suggesting that the list of symptoms often used to identify ADHD can be attributed to many other disorders and conditions, he explores how and why ADHD diagnoses have increased by 50% in the last ten years.   Emmerson advocates a different approach to ADHD, arguing that it should be a diagnosis of exclusion rather than the other way around, and that we must look past the label, recognizing that individual symptoms vary and treatment plans should be better tailored to the individual. He examines mental and behavioral issues from all sides, including the possibility that nurturing—rather than trying to alter or suppress—the active, &amp;#039;360-degree&amp;#039; mind is a viable way for those diagnosed with ADHD to realize their gifts and lead purposeful lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond ADHD: Overcoming the Label and Thriving
Author: Robert Yehling, Jeff Emmerson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond ADHD weaves Jeff Emmerson&amp;#039;s personal story of his ADHD diagnosis, exploring along the way the latest medical, scientific, and societal explanations and tools for managing and living with the condition. Including interviews with a number of experts at the forefront of next-generation ADHD diagnostics and treatment, he questions the cookie-cutter way ADHD is commonly diagnosed and treated. Suggesting that the list of symptoms often used to identify ADHD can be attributed to many other disorders and conditions, he explores how and why ADHD diagnoses have increased by 50% in the last ten years.   Emmerson advocates a different approach to ADHD, arguing that it should be a diagnosis of exclusion rather than the other way around, and that we must look past the label, recognizing that individual symptoms vary and treatment plans should be better tailored to the individual. He examines mental and behavioral issues from all sides, including the possibility that nurturing—rather than trying to alter or suppress—the active, &amp;#039;360-degree&amp;#039; mind is a viable way for those diagnosed with ADHD to realize their gifts and lead purposeful lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Someone You Love Suffers from Posttraumatic Stress: What to Expect and What You Can Do by Claudia Zayfert PhD, Jason C. DeViva PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Someone You Love Suffers from Posttraumatic Stress: What to Expect and What You Can Do
Author: Claudia Zayfert PhD, Jason C. DeViva PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For trauma survivors struggling with intense memories and emotions, it often feels like life won&amp;#039;t ever be &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; again. Effective treatments are out there, but the needs of family members are often overlooked. Will the person you love ever get better? What can you do to promote healing? Where can you turn when you just can&amp;#039;t cope? From experienced trauma specialists Claudia Zayfert, PhD, and Jason C. DeViva, PhD, this compassionate guide is packed with information, support, vivid stories, and specific advice. Learn to navigate the rough spots day by day and help your loved one find a brighter tomorrow.</description>
      <author>Claudia Zayfert PhD, Jason C. DeViva PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541478534.mp3" length="2806806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541478534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Someone You Love Suffers from Posttraumatic Stress: What to Expect and What You Can Do
Author: Claudia Zayfert PhD, Jason C. DeViva PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For trauma survivors struggling with intense memories and emotions, it often feels like life won&amp;#039;t ever be &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; again. Effective treatments are out there, but the needs of family members are often overlooked. Will the person you love ever get better? What can you do to promote healing? Where can you turn when you just can&amp;#039;t cope? From experienced trauma specialists Claudia Zayfert, PhD, and Jason C. DeViva, PhD, this compassionate guide is packed with information, support, vivid stories, and specific advice. Learn to navigate the rough spots day by day and help your loved one find a brighter tomorrow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Someone You Love Suffers from Posttraumatic Stress: What to Expect and What You Can Do
Author: Claudia Zayfert PhD, Jason C. DeViva PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For trauma survivors struggling with intense memories and emotions, it often feels like life won&amp;#039;t ever be &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; again. Effective treatments are out there, but the needs of family members are often overlooked. Will the person you love ever get better? What can you do to promote healing? Where can you turn when you just can&amp;#039;t cope? From experienced trauma specialists Claudia Zayfert, PhD, and Jason C. DeViva, PhD, this compassionate guide is packed with information, support, vivid stories, and specific advice. Learn to navigate the rough spots day by day and help your loved one find a brighter tomorrow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder: Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience by Carolyn Costin, Gwen Schubert Grabb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder: Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
Author: Carolyn Costin, Gwen Schubert Grabb
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is no ordinary book on how to overcome an eating disorder. The authors bravely share their unique stories of suffering from and eventually overcoming their own severe eating disorders. Interweaving personal narrative with the perspective of their own therapist-client relationship, their insights bring an unparalleled depth of awareness into just what it takes to successfully beat this challenging and seemingly intractable clinical issue. For anyone who has suffered, their family and friends, and other helping professionals, this book should be by your side. With great compassion and clinical expertise, Carolyn Costin and Gwen Schubert Grabb walk listeners through the ins and outs of the recovery process, describing what therapy entails, clarifying the common associated emotions such as fear, guilt, and shame, and, most of all, providing motivation to seek help if you have been discouraged, resistant, or afraid. The authors bring self-disclosure to a level not yet seen in an eating disorder book and offer hope that full recovery is possible.</description>
      <author>Carolyn Costin, Gwen Schubert Grabb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541478329.mp3" length="1403818" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541478329.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder: Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
Author: Carolyn Costin, Gwen Schubert Grabb
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is no ordinary book on how to overcome an eating disorder. The authors bravely share their unique stories of suffering from and eventually overcoming their own severe eating disorders. Interweaving personal narrative with the perspective of their own therapist-client relationship, their insights bring an unparalleled depth of awareness into just what it takes to successfully beat this challenging and seemingly intractable clinical issue. For anyone who has suffered, their family and friends, and other helping professionals, this book should be by your side. With great compassion and clinical expertise, Carolyn Costin and Gwen Schubert Grabb walk listeners through the ins and outs of the recovery process, describing what therapy entails, clarifying the common associated emotions such as fear, guilt, and shame, and, most of all, providing motivation to seek help if you have been discouraged, resistant, or afraid. The authors bring self-disclosure to a level not yet seen in an eating disorder book and offer hope that full recovery is possible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder: Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
Author: Carolyn Costin, Gwen Schubert Grabb
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is no ordinary book on how to overcome an eating disorder. The authors bravely share their unique stories of suffering from and eventually overcoming their own severe eating disorders. Interweaving personal narrative with the perspective of their own therapist-client relationship, their insights bring an unparalleled depth of awareness into just what it takes to successfully beat this challenging and seemingly intractable clinical issue. For anyone who has suffered, their family and friends, and other helping professionals, this book should be by your side. With great compassion and clinical expertise, Carolyn Costin and Gwen Schubert Grabb walk listeners through the ins and outs of the recovery process, describing what therapy entails, clarifying the common associated emotions such as fear, guilt, and shame, and, most of all, providing motivation to seek help if you have been discouraged, resistant, or afraid. The authors bring self-disclosure to a level not yet seen in an eating disorder book and offer hope that full recovery is possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>F*ck Feelings: One Shrink&amp;#039;s Practical Advice for Managing All Life&amp;#039;s Impossible Problems by Michael Bennett M. D., Sarah Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*ck Feelings: One Shrink&amp;#039;s Practical Advice for Managing All Life&amp;#039;s Impossible Problems
Author: Michael Bennett M. D., Sarah Bennett
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Although other self-help books claim to reveal the path to happiness, F*ck Feelings warns that convincing yourself that there is such a path will actually lead you to feel like a true failure. What the Bennetts can promise you is that you can manage any situation life throws at you if you can keep your sense of humor, bend your wishes to fit reality, restrain your feelings, manage bad behavior, and do what you think is right. Life is hard. It&amp;#039;s not fair. Our feelings cloud our rationality, and we become tangled in our efforts to achieve the impossible or change the unchangeable. In this groundbreaking, entirely sensible, and funny book, the Bennetts open the shrinks&amp;#039; secret solution manual and show you how to find a new kind of freedom by working toward realistic goals and doing the best with what you can control. They address the most common problems Dr. Bennett&amp;#039;s patients bring to his private practice and give you a script for going forward. With no-bullshit advice from a Harvard-educated shrink freed of all jargon and patronization by his smart-ass, comedy writer daughter, F*ck Feelings is the cut-to-the-chase therapy session you&amp;#039;ve been looking for. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Michael Bennett M. D., Sarah Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494584368.mp3" length="1369257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494584368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*ck Feelings: One Shrink&amp;#039;s Practical Advice for Managing All Life&amp;#039;s Impossible Problems
Author: Michael Bennett M. D., Sarah Bennett
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Although other self-help books claim to reveal the path to happiness, F*ck Feelings warns that convincing yourself that there is such a path will actually lead you to feel like a true failure. What the Bennetts can promise you is that you can manage any situation life throws at you if you can keep your sense of humor, bend your wishes to fit reality, restrain your feelings, manage bad behavior, and do what you think is right. Life is hard. It&amp;#039;s not fair. Our feelings cloud our rationality, and we become tangled in our efforts to achieve the impossible or change the unchangeable. In this groundbreaking, entirely sensible, and funny book, the Bennetts open the shrinks&amp;#039; secret solution manual and show you how to find a new kind of freedom by working toward realistic goals and doing the best with what you can control. They address the most common problems Dr. Bennett&amp;#039;s patients bring to his private practice and give you a script for going forward. With no-bullshit advice from a Harvard-educated shrink freed of all jargon and patronization by his smart-ass, comedy writer daughter, F*ck Feelings is the cut-to-the-chase therapy session you&amp;#039;ve been looking for. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*ck Feelings: One Shrink&amp;#039;s Practical Advice for Managing All Life&amp;#039;s Impossible Problems
Author: Michael Bennett M. D., Sarah Bennett
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Although other self-help books claim to reveal the path to happiness, F*ck Feelings warns that convincing yourself that there is such a path will actually lead you to feel like a true failure. What the Bennetts can promise you is that you can manage any situation life throws at you if you can keep your sense of humor, bend your wishes to fit reality, restrain your feelings, manage bad behavior, and do what you think is right. Life is hard. It&amp;#039;s not fair. Our feelings cloud our rationality, and we become tangled in our efforts to achieve the impossible or change the unchangeable. In this groundbreaking, entirely sensible, and funny book, the Bennetts open the shrinks&amp;#039; secret solution manual and show you how to find a new kind of freedom by working toward realistic goals and doing the best with what you can control. They address the most common problems Dr. Bennett&amp;#039;s patients bring to his private practice and give you a script for going forward. With no-bullshit advice from a Harvard-educated shrink freed of all jargon and patronization by his smart-ass, comedy writer daughter, F*ck Feelings is the cut-to-the-chase therapy session you&amp;#039;ve been looking for. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Emotional Life of the Toddler by Alicia F. Lieberman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emotional Life of the Toddler
Author: Alicia F. Lieberman
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with new material throughout, Alicia F. Lieberman’s The Emotional Life of the Toddler is the, detailed look into the varied and intense emotional life of children aged one to three. Anyone who has followed an active toddler around for a day knows that a child of this age is a whirlwind of explosive, contradictory, and ever-changing emotions. Alicia F. Lieberman offers an in-depth examination of toddlers’ emotional development and illuminates how to optimize this crucial stage so that toddlers can develop into emotionally healthy children and adults.   Drawing on her lifelong research, Dr. Lieberman addresses commonly asked questions and issues. Why, for example, is “no” often the favorite response of the toddler? How should parents deal with the anger they might feel when their toddler is being aggressively stubborn? Why does a crying toddler run to his mother for a hug only to push himself vigorously away as soon as she begins to embrace him? This updated edition also addresses 21st-century concerns such as how to handle screen time on devices and parenting in a post-internet world.   Hailed as “groundbreaking” by The Boston Globe after its initial publication, the new edition includes the latest research on this crucial stage of development. With the help of numerous examples and vivid cases, Lieberman answers these and other questions, providing, in the process, a rich, insightful profile of the roller coaster emotional world of the toddler.</description>
      <author>Alicia F. Lieberman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508251057.mp3" length="762836" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508251057.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emotional Life of the Toddler
Author: Alicia F. Lieberman
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with new material throughout, Alicia F. Lieberman’s The Emotional Life of the Toddler is the, detailed look into the varied and intense emotional life of children aged one to three. Anyone who has followed an active toddler around for a day knows that a child of this age is a whirlwind of explosive, contradictory, and ever-changing emotions. Alicia F. Lieberman offers an in-depth examination of toddlers’ emotional development and illuminates how to optimize this crucial stage so that toddlers can develop into emotionally healthy children and adults.   Drawing on her lifelong research, Dr. Lieberman addresses commonly asked questions and issues. Why, for example, is “no” often the favorite response of the toddler? How should parents deal with the anger they might feel when their toddler is being aggressively stubborn? Why does a crying toddler run to his mother for a hug only to push himself vigorously away as soon as she begins to embrace him? This updated edition also addresses 21st-century concerns such as how to handle screen time on devices and parenting in a post-internet world.   Hailed as “groundbreaking” by The Boston Globe after its initial publication, the new edition includes the latest research on this crucial stage of development. With the help of numerous examples and vivid cases, Lieberman answers these and other questions, providing, in the process, a rich, insightful profile of the roller coaster emotional world of the toddler.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emotional Life of the Toddler
Author: Alicia F. Lieberman
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Now updated with new material throughout, Alicia F. Lieberman’s The Emotional Life of the Toddler is the, detailed look into the varied and intense emotional life of children aged one to three. Anyone who has followed an active toddler around for a day knows that a child of this age is a whirlwind of explosive, contradictory, and ever-changing emotions. Alicia F. Lieberman offers an in-depth examination of toddlers’ emotional development and illuminates how to optimize this crucial stage so that toddlers can develop into emotionally healthy children and adults.   Drawing on her lifelong research, Dr. Lieberman addresses commonly asked questions and issues. Why, for example, is “no” often the favorite response of the toddler? How should parents deal with the anger they might feel when their toddler is being aggressively stubborn? Why does a crying toddler run to his mother for a hug only to push himself vigorously away as soon as she begins to embrace him? This updated edition also addresses 21st-century concerns such as how to handle screen time on devices and parenting in a post-internet world.   Hailed as “groundbreaking” by The Boston Globe after its initial publication, the new edition includes the latest research on this crucial stage of development. With the help of numerous examples and vivid cases, Lieberman answers these and other questions, providing, in the process, a rich, insightful profile of the roller coaster emotional world of the toddler.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Blue Zones of Happiness: Lessons From the World&amp;#039;s Happiest People by Dan Buettner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Zones of Happiness: Lessons From the World&amp;#039;s Happiest People
Author: Dan Buettner
Narrator: Dan Buettner, Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 58 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.86 of Total 14
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this inspiring book, Buettner offers game-changing tools for setting up your life to be the happiest it can be. In these illuminating pages, you&amp;#039;ll: ●Meet the world&amp;#039;s Happiness All-Stars—inspiring individuals whose ways of boosting well-being can influence your home and community as well. ●Discover the three strands of happiness—pleasure, purpose, and pride—that weave together in different ways in the world&amp;#039;s happiest places. ●Use the Blue Zones Happiness Test to pinpoint areas in your life where change could bring more happiness—and then find practical steps to make those changes. ●Learn what researchers on happiness consider the top ways to create personal and nationwide happiness, as revealed by a blue-ribbon panel of world experts convened for this book. ●Boost your own happiness with the Happiness Power 9—Buettner&amp;#039;s final assessment of the most important lessons to be learned from the world&amp;#039;s happiest people and places.</description>
      <author>Dan Buettner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781681689494.mp3" length="8201143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781681689494.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Zones of Happiness: Lessons From the World&amp;#039;s Happiest People
Author: Dan Buettner
Narrator: Dan Buettner, Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 58 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.86 of Total 14
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this inspiring book, Buettner offers game-changing tools for setting up your life to be the happiest it can be. In these illuminating pages, you&amp;#039;ll: ●Meet the world&amp;#039;s Happiness All-Stars—inspiring individuals whose ways of boosting well-being can influence your home and community as well. ●Discover the three strands of happiness—pleasure, purpose, and pride—that weave together in different ways in the world&amp;#039;s happiest places. ●Use the Blue Zones Happiness Test to pinpoint areas in your life where change could bring more happiness—and then find practical steps to make those changes. ●Learn what researchers on happiness consider the top ways to create personal and nationwide happiness, as revealed by a blue-ribbon panel of world experts convened for this book. ●Boost your own happiness with the Happiness Power 9—Buettner&amp;#039;s final assessment of the most important lessons to be learned from the world&amp;#039;s happiest people and places.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Zones of Happiness: Lessons From the World&amp;#039;s Happiest People
Author: Dan Buettner
Narrator: Dan Buettner, Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 58 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.86 of Total 14
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this inspiring book, Buettner offers game-changing tools for setting up your life to be the happiest it can be. In these illuminating pages, you&amp;#039;ll: ●Meet the world&amp;#039;s Happiness All-Stars—inspiring individuals whose ways of boosting well-being can influence your home and community as well. ●Discover the three strands of happiness—pleasure, purpose, and pride—that weave together in different ways in the world&amp;#039;s happiest places. ●Use the Blue Zones Happiness Test to pinpoint areas in your life where change could bring more happiness—and then find practical steps to make those changes. ●Learn what researchers on happiness consider the top ways to create personal and nationwide happiness, as revealed by a blue-ribbon panel of world experts convened for this book. ●Boost your own happiness with the Happiness Power 9—Buettner&amp;#039;s final assessment of the most important lessons to be learned from the world&amp;#039;s happiest people and places.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Defiant Child: Eight Steps to Better Behavior by Russell A. Barkley PhD, Christine M. Benton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Defiant Child: Eight Steps to Better Behavior
Author: Russell A. Barkley PhD, Christine M. Benton
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover a way to end constant power struggles with your defiant, oppositional, &amp;#039;impossible&amp;#039; five to twelve-year-old, with the help of leading child psychologist Russell A. Barkley. Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s approach is research based, practical, and doable—and leads to lasting behavior change. Vivid, realistic stories illustrate what the techniques look like in action. Step by step, learn how you can: ● Harness the power of positive attention and praise. ● Use rewards and incentives effectively. ● Stay calm and consistent—even on the worst of days. ● Establish a time-out system that works. ● Target behavioral issues at home, in school, and in public places. Thoroughly revised to include the latest resources and fifteen years&amp;#039; worth of research advances, the second edition also reflects Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s ongoing experiences with parents and kids.</description>
      <author>Russell A. Barkley PhD, Christine M. Benton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541486157.mp3" length="8250542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541486157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Defiant Child: Eight Steps to Better Behavior
Author: Russell A. Barkley PhD, Christine M. Benton
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover a way to end constant power struggles with your defiant, oppositional, &amp;#039;impossible&amp;#039; five to twelve-year-old, with the help of leading child psychologist Russell A. Barkley. Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s approach is research based, practical, and doable—and leads to lasting behavior change. Vivid, realistic stories illustrate what the techniques look like in action. Step by step, learn how you can: ● Harness the power of positive attention and praise. ● Use rewards and incentives effectively. ● Stay calm and consistent—even on the worst of days. ● Establish a time-out system that works. ● Target behavioral issues at home, in school, and in public places. Thoroughly revised to include the latest resources and fifteen years&amp;#039; worth of research advances, the second edition also reflects Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s ongoing experiences with parents and kids.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Defiant Child: Eight Steps to Better Behavior
Author: Russell A. Barkley PhD, Christine M. Benton
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover a way to end constant power struggles with your defiant, oppositional, &amp;#039;impossible&amp;#039; five to twelve-year-old, with the help of leading child psychologist Russell A. Barkley. Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s approach is research based, practical, and doable—and leads to lasting behavior change. Vivid, realistic stories illustrate what the techniques look like in action. Step by step, learn how you can: ● Harness the power of positive attention and praise. ● Use rewards and incentives effectively. ● Stay calm and consistent—even on the worst of days. ● Establish a time-out system that works. ● Target behavioral issues at home, in school, and in public places. Thoroughly revised to include the latest resources and fifteen years&amp;#039; worth of research advances, the second edition also reflects Dr. Barkley&amp;#039;s ongoing experiences with parents and kids.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mania and Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong: Inside the Mind of a Female Serial Killer by Jerry Clark, Ed Palattella</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mania and Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong: Inside the Mind of a Female Serial Killer
Author: Jerry Clark, Ed Palattella
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong, as one judge described her, as “a coldly calculated criminal recidivist and serial killer.” She had experienced a lifetime of murder, mayhem, and mental illness. She killed two boyfriends, including one whose body was stuffed in a freezer. And she was convicted in one of the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s strangest cases: the Pizza Bomber case, in which a pizza deliveryman died when a bomb locked to his neck exploded after he robbed a bank in 2003 near Erie, Pennsylvania, Diehl-Armstrong’s hometown. Diehl-Armstrong’s life unfolded in an enthralling portrait; a fascinating interplay between mental illness and the law. As a female serial killer, Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong was in a rare category. In the early 1970s, she was a high-achieving graduate student pursuing a career in education but suffered from bipolar disorder. Before her death, she was sentenced to serve life plus thirty years in federal prison.</description>
      <author>Jerry Clark, Ed Palattella</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541484337.mp3" length="8270019" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541484337.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mania and Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong: Inside the Mind of a Female Serial Killer
Author: Jerry Clark, Ed Palattella
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong, as one judge described her, as “a coldly calculated criminal recidivist and serial killer.” She had experienced a lifetime of murder, mayhem, and mental illness. She killed two boyfriends, including one whose body was stuffed in a freezer. And she was convicted in one of the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s strangest cases: the Pizza Bomber case, in which a pizza deliveryman died when a bomb locked to his neck exploded after he robbed a bank in 2003 near Erie, Pennsylvania, Diehl-Armstrong’s hometown. Diehl-Armstrong’s life unfolded in an enthralling portrait; a fascinating interplay between mental illness and the law. As a female serial killer, Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong was in a rare category. In the early 1970s, she was a high-achieving graduate student pursuing a career in education but suffered from bipolar disorder. Before her death, she was sentenced to serve life plus thirty years in federal prison.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mania and Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong: Inside the Mind of a Female Serial Killer
Author: Jerry Clark, Ed Palattella
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong, as one judge described her, as “a coldly calculated criminal recidivist and serial killer.” She had experienced a lifetime of murder, mayhem, and mental illness. She killed two boyfriends, including one whose body was stuffed in a freezer. And she was convicted in one of the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s strangest cases: the Pizza Bomber case, in which a pizza deliveryman died when a bomb locked to his neck exploded after he robbed a bank in 2003 near Erie, Pennsylvania, Diehl-Armstrong’s hometown. Diehl-Armstrong’s life unfolded in an enthralling portrait; a fascinating interplay between mental illness and the law. As a female serial killer, Marjorie Diehl-Armstrong was in a rare category. In the early 1970s, she was a high-achieving graduate student pursuing a career in education but suffered from bipolar disorder. Before her death, she was sentenced to serve life plus thirty years in federal prison.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Porn Myth: Exposing the Reality Behind the Fantasy of Pornography by Matt Fradd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Porn Myth: Exposing the Reality Behind the Fantasy of Pornography
Author: Matt Fradd
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Porn Myth is a non-religious response to the commonly held belief that pornography is a harmless or even beneficial pastime. Author Matt Fradd draws on the experience of porn performers and users, and the expertise of neurologists, sociologists, and psychologists to demonstrate that pornography is destructive to individuals, relationships, and society. He provides insightful arguments, supported by the latest scientific research, to discredit the fanciful claims used to defend and promote pornography. This book explains the neurological reasons porn is addictive, helps individuals learn how to be free of porn, and offers real help to the parents and the spouses of porn users. Because recent research on pornography&amp;#039;s harmful effects on the brain validates the experiences of countless porn users, there is a growing wave of passionate individuals trying to change the pro-porn cultural norm—by inspiring others to pursue real love and to avoid its hollow counterfeit. Matt Fradd and this book are part of that movement, which is aiding the many men and women who are seeking a love untainted by warped perceptions of intimacy and rejecting the influence of porn in their lives.</description>
      <author>Matt Fradd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541482067.mp3" length="7928096" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541482067.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Porn Myth: Exposing the Reality Behind the Fantasy of Pornography
Author: Matt Fradd
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Porn Myth is a non-religious response to the commonly held belief that pornography is a harmless or even beneficial pastime. Author Matt Fradd draws on the experience of porn performers and users, and the expertise of neurologists, sociologists, and psychologists to demonstrate that pornography is destructive to individuals, relationships, and society. He provides insightful arguments, supported by the latest scientific research, to discredit the fanciful claims used to defend and promote pornography. This book explains the neurological reasons porn is addictive, helps individuals learn how to be free of porn, and offers real help to the parents and the spouses of porn users. Because recent research on pornography&amp;#039;s harmful effects on the brain validates the experiences of countless porn users, there is a growing wave of passionate individuals trying to change the pro-porn cultural norm—by inspiring others to pursue real love and to avoid its hollow counterfeit. Matt Fradd and this book are part of that movement, which is aiding the many men and women who are seeking a love untainted by warped perceptions of intimacy and rejecting the influence of porn in their lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Porn Myth: Exposing the Reality Behind the Fantasy of Pornography
Author: Matt Fradd
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Porn Myth is a non-religious response to the commonly held belief that pornography is a harmless or even beneficial pastime. Author Matt Fradd draws on the experience of porn performers and users, and the expertise of neurologists, sociologists, and psychologists to demonstrate that pornography is destructive to individuals, relationships, and society. He provides insightful arguments, supported by the latest scientific research, to discredit the fanciful claims used to defend and promote pornography. This book explains the neurological reasons porn is addictive, helps individuals learn how to be free of porn, and offers real help to the parents and the spouses of porn users. Because recent research on pornography&amp;#039;s harmful effects on the brain validates the experiences of countless porn users, there is a growing wave of passionate individuals trying to change the pro-porn cultural norm—by inspiring others to pursue real love and to avoid its hollow counterfeit. Matt Fradd and this book are part of that movement, which is aiding the many men and women who are seeking a love untainted by warped perceptions of intimacy and rejecting the influence of porn in their lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Goddess: The Secret Lives of Marilyn Monroe by Anthony Summers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Goddess: The Secret Lives of Marilyn Monroe
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marilyn Monroe, born to deprivation and a series of foster homes, became an acting legend of the twentieth century. She married famous men, Joe DiMaggio and playwright Arthur Miller, and her many lovers included President John F. Kennedy. Her death, at thirty-six, is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day.   Anthony Summers interviewed 600 people for this book, which reveals unknown truths, some funny, some very sad, about this brilliant but troubled woman. First to gain access to the files of Monroe&amp;#039;s last psychiatrist, he throws light on Monroe&amp;#039;s troubled psyche and her addiction to medications. He establishes once and for all that she was intimately involved with John and Robert Kennedy, who probably covered up the circumstances of her death.</description>
      <author>Anthony Summers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541480926.mp3" length="1300849" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541480926.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Goddess: The Secret Lives of Marilyn Monroe
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marilyn Monroe, born to deprivation and a series of foster homes, became an acting legend of the twentieth century. She married famous men, Joe DiMaggio and playwright Arthur Miller, and her many lovers included President John F. Kennedy. Her death, at thirty-six, is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day.   Anthony Summers interviewed 600 people for this book, which reveals unknown truths, some funny, some very sad, about this brilliant but troubled woman. First to gain access to the files of Monroe&amp;#039;s last psychiatrist, he throws light on Monroe&amp;#039;s troubled psyche and her addiction to medications. He establishes once and for all that she was intimately involved with John and Robert Kennedy, who probably covered up the circumstances of her death.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Goddess: The Secret Lives of Marilyn Monroe
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marilyn Monroe, born to deprivation and a series of foster homes, became an acting legend of the twentieth century. She married famous men, Joe DiMaggio and playwright Arthur Miller, and her many lovers included President John F. Kennedy. Her death, at thirty-six, is a mystery that remains unsolved to this day.   Anthony Summers interviewed 600 people for this book, which reveals unknown truths, some funny, some very sad, about this brilliant but troubled woman. First to gain access to the files of Monroe&amp;#039;s last psychiatrist, he throws light on Monroe&amp;#039;s troubled psyche and her addiction to medications. He establishes once and for all that she was intimately involved with John and Robert Kennedy, who probably covered up the circumstances of her death.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder: Relieve Your Suffering Using the Core Skill of Dialectical Behavior Therapy by Gillian Galen PsyD, Blaise Aguirre MD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder: Relieve Your Suffering Using the Core Skill of Dialectical Behavior Therapy
Author: Gillian Galen PsyD, Blaise Aguirre MD
Narrator: Laura Copland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are like many others living with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you know what it&amp;#039;s like to be overwhelmed by intense and fluctuating emotions; to have difficulty with relationships; and to constantly struggle with troubling thoughts and behaviors. BPD can be especially difficult to treat, though there are ways to gain control over your symptoms and live a happier, healthier life. Expanding on the core skill of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder will help you target and successfully manage many of the familiar symptoms of BPD. Here, you will learn the basics of mindfulness through specific exercises, and will gain powerful insight through real-life stories from people who have BPD. If you are ready to take that first step on the path toward wellness, this book will be your guide.</description>
      <author>Gillian Galen PsyD, Blaise Aguirre MD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515984887.mp3" length="8255505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515984887.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder: Relieve Your Suffering Using the Core Skill of Dialectical Behavior Therapy
Author: Gillian Galen PsyD, Blaise Aguirre MD
Narrator: Laura Copland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are like many others living with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you know what it&amp;#039;s like to be overwhelmed by intense and fluctuating emotions; to have difficulty with relationships; and to constantly struggle with troubling thoughts and behaviors. BPD can be especially difficult to treat, though there are ways to gain control over your symptoms and live a happier, healthier life. Expanding on the core skill of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder will help you target and successfully manage many of the familiar symptoms of BPD. Here, you will learn the basics of mindfulness through specific exercises, and will gain powerful insight through real-life stories from people who have BPD. If you are ready to take that first step on the path toward wellness, this book will be your guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder: Relieve Your Suffering Using the Core Skill of Dialectical Behavior Therapy
Author: Gillian Galen PsyD, Blaise Aguirre MD
Narrator: Laura Copland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you are like many others living with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you know what it&amp;#039;s like to be overwhelmed by intense and fluctuating emotions; to have difficulty with relationships; and to constantly struggle with troubling thoughts and behaviors. BPD can be especially difficult to treat, though there are ways to gain control over your symptoms and live a happier, healthier life. Expanding on the core skill of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), Mindfulness for Borderline Personality Disorder will help you target and successfully manage many of the familiar symptoms of BPD. Here, you will learn the basics of mindfulness through specific exercises, and will gain powerful insight through real-life stories from people who have BPD. If you are ready to take that first step on the path toward wellness, this book will be your guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict by Donna Hicks PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict
Author: Donna Hicks PhD
Narrator: Margaret Strom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The desire for dignity is universal and powerful. It is a motivating force behind all human interaction—in families, in communities, in the business world, and in relationships at the international level. When dignity is violated, the response is likely to involve aggression, even violence, hatred, and vengeance. On the other hand, when people treat one another with dignity, they become more connected and are able to create more meaningful relationships. Surprisingly, most people have little understanding of dignity, observes Donna Hicks in this important book. Drawing on her extensive experience in international conflict resolution and on insights from evolutionary biology, psychology, and neuroscience, the author explains what the elements of dignity are, how to recognize dignity violations, how to respond when we are not treated with dignity, how dignity can restore a broken relationship, why leaders must understand the concept of dignity, and more. Hicks shows that by choosing dignity as a way of life, we open the way to greater peace within ourselves and to a safer and more humane world for all.</description>
      <author>Donna Hicks PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515983040.mp3" length="2609386" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515983040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict
Author: Donna Hicks PhD
Narrator: Margaret Strom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The desire for dignity is universal and powerful. It is a motivating force behind all human interaction—in families, in communities, in the business world, and in relationships at the international level. When dignity is violated, the response is likely to involve aggression, even violence, hatred, and vengeance. On the other hand, when people treat one another with dignity, they become more connected and are able to create more meaningful relationships. Surprisingly, most people have little understanding of dignity, observes Donna Hicks in this important book. Drawing on her extensive experience in international conflict resolution and on insights from evolutionary biology, psychology, and neuroscience, the author explains what the elements of dignity are, how to recognize dignity violations, how to respond when we are not treated with dignity, how dignity can restore a broken relationship, why leaders must understand the concept of dignity, and more. Hicks shows that by choosing dignity as a way of life, we open the way to greater peace within ourselves and to a safer and more humane world for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict
Author: Donna Hicks PhD
Narrator: Margaret Strom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The desire for dignity is universal and powerful. It is a motivating force behind all human interaction—in families, in communities, in the business world, and in relationships at the international level. When dignity is violated, the response is likely to involve aggression, even violence, hatred, and vengeance. On the other hand, when people treat one another with dignity, they become more connected and are able to create more meaningful relationships. Surprisingly, most people have little understanding of dignity, observes Donna Hicks in this important book. Drawing on her extensive experience in international conflict resolution and on insights from evolutionary biology, psychology, and neuroscience, the author explains what the elements of dignity are, how to recognize dignity violations, how to respond when we are not treated with dignity, how dignity can restore a broken relationship, why leaders must understand the concept of dignity, and more. Hicks shows that by choosing dignity as a way of life, we open the way to greater peace within ourselves and to a safer and more humane world for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Essence of Resilience: Stories of Triumph over Trauma by Kathleen Parrish, Tanya Lauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essence of Resilience: Stories of Triumph over Trauma
Author: Kathleen Parrish, Tanya Lauer
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When trauma enters the lives of the unsuspecting, it steals from their very soul. It not only robs them of peace and joy, it can take years and decades from their lives while they desperately try to fill the hole in their heart, pretending that their soul isn&amp;#039;t leaking out of it. No one is ever prepared for trauma, and no one is ever left unchanged by traumatic events. In the face of such adversity, what allows one person to find the gift in their wound and another to suffer endlessly? Enter Tanya Lauer and Kathleen Parrish, professional counselors at the internationally renowned residential treatment center, Cottonwood Tucson. With over forty years of combined experience in helping people survive trauma and find the &amp;#039;gift in their wound,&amp;#039; Lauer and Parrish offer The Essence of Resilience—an urgent and vital answer to this all-too-common marauder. Through stories, compassion, and understanding, they guide listeners straight to the heart of resilience—that place where we learn to heal and thrive.</description>
      <author>Kathleen Parrish, Tanya Lauer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515981077.mp3" length="8356740" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515981077.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essence of Resilience: Stories of Triumph over Trauma
Author: Kathleen Parrish, Tanya Lauer
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When trauma enters the lives of the unsuspecting, it steals from their very soul. It not only robs them of peace and joy, it can take years and decades from their lives while they desperately try to fill the hole in their heart, pretending that their soul isn&amp;#039;t leaking out of it. No one is ever prepared for trauma, and no one is ever left unchanged by traumatic events. In the face of such adversity, what allows one person to find the gift in their wound and another to suffer endlessly? Enter Tanya Lauer and Kathleen Parrish, professional counselors at the internationally renowned residential treatment center, Cottonwood Tucson. With over forty years of combined experience in helping people survive trauma and find the &amp;#039;gift in their wound,&amp;#039; Lauer and Parrish offer The Essence of Resilience—an urgent and vital answer to this all-too-common marauder. Through stories, compassion, and understanding, they guide listeners straight to the heart of resilience—that place where we learn to heal and thrive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essence of Resilience: Stories of Triumph over Trauma
Author: Kathleen Parrish, Tanya Lauer
Narrator: Amanda Ronconi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2016
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When trauma enters the lives of the unsuspecting, it steals from their very soul. It not only robs them of peace and joy, it can take years and decades from their lives while they desperately try to fill the hole in their heart, pretending that their soul isn&amp;#039;t leaking out of it. No one is ever prepared for trauma, and no one is ever left unchanged by traumatic events. In the face of such adversity, what allows one person to find the gift in their wound and another to suffer endlessly? Enter Tanya Lauer and Kathleen Parrish, professional counselors at the internationally renowned residential treatment center, Cottonwood Tucson. With over forty years of combined experience in helping people survive trauma and find the &amp;#039;gift in their wound,&amp;#039; Lauer and Parrish offer The Essence of Resilience—an urgent and vital answer to this all-too-common marauder. Through stories, compassion, and understanding, they guide listeners straight to the heart of resilience—that place where we learn to heal and thrive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma by Ann Frederick, Peter A. Levine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma
Author: Ann Frederick, Peter A. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 12
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking the Tiger offers a new and hopeful vision of trauma. It views the human animal as a unique being, endowed with an instinctual capacity. It asks and answers an intriguing question: Why are animals in the wild, though threatened routinely, rarely traumatized? By understanding the dynamics that make wild animals virtually immune to traumatic symptoms, the mystery of human trauma is revealed. Waking the Tiger normalizes the symptoms of trauma and the steps needed to heal them. People are often traumatized by seemingly ordinary experiences. The listener is taken on a guided tour of the subtle, yet powerful impulses that govern our responses to overwhelming life events. To do this, it employs a series of exercises that help us focus on bodily sensations. Through heightened awareness of these sensations trauma can be healed.</description>
      <author>Ann Frederick, Peter A. Levine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515980940.mp3" length="8329912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515980940.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma
Author: Ann Frederick, Peter A. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 12
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking the Tiger offers a new and hopeful vision of trauma. It views the human animal as a unique being, endowed with an instinctual capacity. It asks and answers an intriguing question: Why are animals in the wild, though threatened routinely, rarely traumatized? By understanding the dynamics that make wild animals virtually immune to traumatic symptoms, the mystery of human trauma is revealed. Waking the Tiger normalizes the symptoms of trauma and the steps needed to heal them. People are often traumatized by seemingly ordinary experiences. The listener is taken on a guided tour of the subtle, yet powerful impulses that govern our responses to overwhelming life events. To do this, it employs a series of exercises that help us focus on bodily sensations. Through heightened awareness of these sensations trauma can be healed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma
Author: Ann Frederick, Peter A. Levine
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 12
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Waking the Tiger offers a new and hopeful vision of trauma. It views the human animal as a unique being, endowed with an instinctual capacity. It asks and answers an intriguing question: Why are animals in the wild, though threatened routinely, rarely traumatized? By understanding the dynamics that make wild animals virtually immune to traumatic symptoms, the mystery of human trauma is revealed. Waking the Tiger normalizes the symptoms of trauma and the steps needed to heal them. People are often traumatized by seemingly ordinary experiences. The listener is taken on a guided tour of the subtle, yet powerful impulses that govern our responses to overwhelming life events. To do this, it employs a series of exercises that help us focus on bodily sensations. Through heightened awareness of these sensations trauma can be healed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Insecure in Love: How Anxious Attachment Can Make You Feel Jealous, Needy, and Worried and What You Can Do About It by Leslie Becker-Phelps PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insecure in Love: How Anxious Attachment Can Make You Feel Jealous, Needy, and Worried and What You Can Do About It
Author: Leslie Becker-Phelps PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Has your romantic partner called you clingy, insecure, desperate, or jealous? No one wants to admit that they possess these qualities, but if you find yourself constantly on the alert, anxious, or worried when it comes to your significant other, you may suffer from anxious attachment, a fear of abandonment that is often rooted in early childhood experiences. In Insecure in Love, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to overcome attachment anxiety using compassionate self-awareness, a technique that can help you recognize your negative thoughts or unhealthy behavior patterns and respond to them in a nurturing way—rather than beating yourself up. You&amp;#039;ll also learn how insecurity can negatively affect healthy dialog between you and your partner (or potential partners) and develop the skills needed to stop you from reverting back to old patterns of neediness and possessiveness.</description>
      <author>Leslie Becker-Phelps PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515970989.mp3" length="8089014" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515970989.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insecure in Love: How Anxious Attachment Can Make You Feel Jealous, Needy, and Worried and What You Can Do About It
Author: Leslie Becker-Phelps PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Has your romantic partner called you clingy, insecure, desperate, or jealous? No one wants to admit that they possess these qualities, but if you find yourself constantly on the alert, anxious, or worried when it comes to your significant other, you may suffer from anxious attachment, a fear of abandonment that is often rooted in early childhood experiences. In Insecure in Love, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to overcome attachment anxiety using compassionate self-awareness, a technique that can help you recognize your negative thoughts or unhealthy behavior patterns and respond to them in a nurturing way—rather than beating yourself up. You&amp;#039;ll also learn how insecurity can negatively affect healthy dialog between you and your partner (or potential partners) and develop the skills needed to stop you from reverting back to old patterns of neediness and possessiveness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insecure in Love: How Anxious Attachment Can Make You Feel Jealous, Needy, and Worried and What You Can Do About It
Author: Leslie Becker-Phelps PhD
Narrator: Susan Boyce
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Has your romantic partner called you clingy, insecure, desperate, or jealous? No one wants to admit that they possess these qualities, but if you find yourself constantly on the alert, anxious, or worried when it comes to your significant other, you may suffer from anxious attachment, a fear of abandonment that is often rooted in early childhood experiences. In Insecure in Love, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to overcome attachment anxiety using compassionate self-awareness, a technique that can help you recognize your negative thoughts or unhealthy behavior patterns and respond to them in a nurturing way—rather than beating yourself up. You&amp;#039;ll also learn how insecurity can negatively affect healthy dialog between you and your partner (or potential partners) and develop the skills needed to stop you from reverting back to old patterns of neediness and possessiveness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature by Alva Noë</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature
Author: Alva Noë
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature, philosopher and cognitive scientist Alva Noë raises a number of profound questions: What is art? Why do we value art as we do? What does art reveal about our nature? Drawing on philosophy, art history, and cognitive science, and making provocative use of examples from all three of these fields, Noë offers new answers to such questions. He also shows why recent efforts to frame questions about art in terms of neuroscience and evolutionary biology alone have been and will continue to be unsuccessful.</description>
      <author>Alva Noë</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515970651.mp3" length="1405953" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515970651.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature
Author: Alva Noë
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature, philosopher and cognitive scientist Alva Noë raises a number of profound questions: What is art? Why do we value art as we do? What does art reveal about our nature? Drawing on philosophy, art history, and cognitive science, and making provocative use of examples from all three of these fields, Noë offers new answers to such questions. He also shows why recent efforts to frame questions about art in terms of neuroscience and evolutionary biology alone have been and will continue to be unsuccessful.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature
Author: Alva Noë
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Strange Tools: Art and Human Nature, philosopher and cognitive scientist Alva Noë raises a number of profound questions: What is art? Why do we value art as we do? What does art reveal about our nature? Drawing on philosophy, art history, and cognitive science, and making provocative use of examples from all three of these fields, Noë offers new answers to such questions. He also shows why recent efforts to frame questions about art in terms of neuroscience and evolutionary biology alone have been and will continue to be unsuccessful.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Loving Someone with Borderline Personality Disorder: How to Keep Out-of-Control Emotions from Destroying Your Relationship by Shari Y. Manning PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loving Someone with Borderline Personality Disorder: How to Keep Out-of-Control Emotions from Destroying Your Relationship
Author: Shari Y. Manning PhD
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with borderline personality disorder (BPD) can be intensely caring, warm, smart, and funny, but their behavior often drives away those closest to them. If you&amp;#039;re struggling in a tumultuous relationship with someone with BPD, this is the book for you. Dr. Shari Manning helps you understand why your spouse, family member, or friend has such out-of-control emotions and how to change the way you can respond. Learn to use simple yet powerful strategies that can defuse crises, establish better boundaries, and radically transform your relationship. Empathic, hopeful, and science based, this is the first book for family and friends grounded in dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment for BPD.</description>
      <author>Shari Y. Manning PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494589981.mp3" length="2773294" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494589981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loving Someone with Borderline Personality Disorder: How to Keep Out-of-Control Emotions from Destroying Your Relationship
Author: Shari Y. Manning PhD
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with borderline personality disorder (BPD) can be intensely caring, warm, smart, and funny, but their behavior often drives away those closest to them. If you&amp;#039;re struggling in a tumultuous relationship with someone with BPD, this is the book for you. Dr. Shari Manning helps you understand why your spouse, family member, or friend has such out-of-control emotions and how to change the way you can respond. Learn to use simple yet powerful strategies that can defuse crises, establish better boundaries, and radically transform your relationship. Empathic, hopeful, and science based, this is the first book for family and friends grounded in dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment for BPD.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/315007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Loving Someone with Borderline Personality Disorder: How to Keep Out-of-Control Emotions from Destroying Your Relationship
Author: Shari Y. Manning PhD
Narrator: Angela Brazil
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with borderline personality disorder (BPD) can be intensely caring, warm, smart, and funny, but their behavior often drives away those closest to them. If you&amp;#039;re struggling in a tumultuous relationship with someone with BPD, this is the book for you. Dr. Shari Manning helps you understand why your spouse, family member, or friend has such out-of-control emotions and how to change the way you can respond. Learn to use simple yet powerful strategies that can defuse crises, establish better boundaries, and radically transform your relationship. Empathic, hopeful, and science based, this is the first book for family and friends grounded in dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment for BPD.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bureaucratism Posing as Scientific Acumen by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratism Posing as Scientific Acumen
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Oftentimes, what the educational system regards as a talent for technical subjects is really just a bureaucratic tendency to follow rules hyper-assiduously.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518985621.mp3" length="147364" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518985621.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratism Posing as Scientific Acumen
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Oftentimes, what the educational system regards as a talent for technical subjects is really just a bureaucratic tendency to follow rules hyper-assiduously.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratism Posing as Scientific Acumen
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Oftentimes, what the educational system regards as a talent for technical subjects is really just a bureaucratic tendency to follow rules hyper-assiduously.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is shown that institutions are fractals, meaning that they are structurally the same as their parts, and that for this reason liberal institutions are quicker than conservative institutions to decay into a condition of abject psychopathy.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518985515.mp3" length="142945" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518985515.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is shown that institutions are fractals, meaning that they are structurally the same as their parts, and that for this reason liberal institutions are quicker than conservative institutions to decay into a condition of abject psychopathy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313794</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is shown that institutions are fractals, meaning that they are structurally the same as their parts, and that for this reason liberal institutions are quicker than conservative institutions to decay into a condition of abject psychopathy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conservative institutions, though categorically bad, are far less likely to become psychopathized than liberal institutions., In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518985492.mp3" length="143020" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518985492.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conservative institutions, though categorically bad, are far less likely to become psychopathized than liberal institutions., In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Institutional Psychopathy in Relation to the Fractal Character of Institutions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conservative institutions, though categorically bad, are far less likely to become psychopathized than liberal institutions., In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Levels of Economic Engagement by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Levels of Economic Engagement
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are three ways of relating to the economy. The first is by doing slave labor. The second is by being a bureaucrat. The third is by being an entrepreneur.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518985478.mp3" length="146206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518985478.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Levels of Economic Engagement
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are three ways of relating to the economy. The first is by doing slave labor. The second is by being a bureaucrat. The third is by being an entrepreneur.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Three Levels of Economic Engagement
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are three ways of relating to the economy. The first is by doing slave labor. The second is by being a bureaucrat. The third is by being an entrepreneur.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reputation: What Is It and Why It Matters by Noga Arikha, Stephen Holmes, Gloria Origgi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Noga Arikha, Stephen Holmes, Gloria Origgi
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion? In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media, as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone. Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.</description>
      <author>Noga Arikha, Stephen Holmes, Gloria Origgi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501978111.mp3" length="768278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501978111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Noga Arikha, Stephen Holmes, Gloria Origgi
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion? In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media, as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone. Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation: What Is It and Why It Matters
Author: Noga Arikha, Stephen Holmes, Gloria Origgi
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling exploration of how reputation affects every aspect of contemporary life Reputation touches almost everything, guiding our behavior and choices in countless ways. But it is also shrouded in mystery. Why is it so powerful when the criteria by which people and things are defined as good or bad often appear to be arbitrary? Why do we care so much about how others see us that we may even do irrational and harmful things to try to influence their opinion? In this engaging book, Gloria Origgi draws on philosophy, social psychology, sociology, economics, literature, and history to offer an illuminating account of an important yet oddly neglected subject. Origgi examines the influence of the Internet and social media, as well as the countless ranking systems that characterize modern society and contribute to the creation of formal and informal reputations in our social relations, in business, in politics, in academia, and even in wine. She highlights the importance of reputation to the effective functioning of the economy and e-commerce. Origgi also discusses the existential significance of our obsession with reputation, concluding that an awareness of the relationship between our reputation and our actions empowers us to better understand who we are and why we do what we do. Compellingly written and filled with surprising insights, Reputation pins down an elusive subject that affects everyone. Author bio: Gloria Origgi, a Paris-based philosopher, is a senior researcher at the Institut Jean Nicod at the National Center for Scientific Research. Her books include one on trust and another on the future of writing on the Internet. She maintains a blog in English, French, and Italian at gloriaoriggi.blogspot.com.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reputation-inflation as a Way of Hiding an Absence of Merit by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation-inflation as a Way of Hiding an Absence of Merit
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a given professor is seen as competent, that is probably because he is competent. If a given professor is seen as a sage or guru, that is because he is completely incompetent, in a way that bespeaks wide-spread corruption and fraud on the part of the discipline in question, in consequence of which the instruments of discipline-internal propaganda are in over-drive cover-up mode.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518985768.mp3" length="287024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518985768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation-inflation as a Way of Hiding an Absence of Merit
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a given professor is seen as competent, that is probably because he is competent. If a given professor is seen as a sage or guru, that is because he is completely incompetent, in a way that bespeaks wide-spread corruption and fraud on the part of the discipline in question, in consequence of which the instruments of discipline-internal propaganda are in over-drive cover-up mode.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reputation-inflation as a Way of Hiding an Absence of Merit
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a given professor is seen as competent, that is probably because he is competent. If a given professor is seen as a sage or guru, that is because he is completely incompetent, in a way that bespeaks wide-spread corruption and fraud on the part of the discipline in question, in consequence of which the instruments of discipline-internal propaganda are in over-drive cover-up mode.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Teenage Brain: A neuroscientist’s survival guide to raising adolescents and young adults by Frances E. Jensen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Teenage Brain: A neuroscientist’s survival guide to raising adolescents and young adults
Author: Frances E. Jensen
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is it that the behaviour of teenagers can be so odd? As they grow older, young children steadily improve their sense of how to behave, and then all of a sudden, they can become totally uncommunicative, wildly emotional and completely unpredictable.           We used to think that erratic teenage behaviour was due to a sudden surge in hormones, but modern neuroscience shows us that this isn’t true. The Teenage Brain is a journey through the new discoveries that show us exactly what happens to the brain in this crucial period, how it dictates teenagers’ behaviour, and how the experiences of our teenage years are what shape our attitudes, and often our happiness in later life.           Many of our ideas about our growing brains are completely re-written. They don’t stop developing at the end of our teens – they keep adapting until we are in our mid-twenties. They are wired back to front, with the most important parts, the parts that we associate with good judgement, concentration, organization and emotional and behavioural control being connected last of all.           The Teenage brain is a powerful animal primed for learning, but this creates problems. Addiction is a form of learning, and Frances Jensen, Professor of Pediatric Neurology at the teaching hospital of Harvard Medical School reveals exactly what lies behind all aspects of teenage behaviour and its lasting effects – from drugs, lack of sleep and smoking to multi-tasking and stress.           As a mother and a scientist, Professor Jensen offers both exciting science and practical suggestions for how parents, teens and schools can help teenagers weather the storms of adolescence, and get the most out of their incredible brains.</description>
      <author>Frances E. Jensen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jan 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780007571475.mp3" length="1276158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780007571475.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Teenage Brain: A neuroscientist’s survival guide to raising adolescents and young adults
Author: Frances E. Jensen
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is it that the behaviour of teenagers can be so odd? As they grow older, young children steadily improve their sense of how to behave, and then all of a sudden, they can become totally uncommunicative, wildly emotional and completely unpredictable.           We used to think that erratic teenage behaviour was due to a sudden surge in hormones, but modern neuroscience shows us that this isn’t true. The Teenage Brain is a journey through the new discoveries that show us exactly what happens to the brain in this crucial period, how it dictates teenagers’ behaviour, and how the experiences of our teenage years are what shape our attitudes, and often our happiness in later life.           Many of our ideas about our growing brains are completely re-written. They don’t stop developing at the end of our teens – they keep adapting until we are in our mid-twenties. They are wired back to front, with the most important parts, the parts that we associate with good judgement, concentration, organization and emotional and behavioural control being connected last of all.           The Teenage brain is a powerful animal primed for learning, but this creates problems. Addiction is a form of learning, and Frances Jensen, Professor of Pediatric Neurology at the teaching hospital of Harvard Medical School reveals exactly what lies behind all aspects of teenage behaviour and its lasting effects – from drugs, lack of sleep and smoking to multi-tasking and stress.           As a mother and a scientist, Professor Jensen offers both exciting science and practical suggestions for how parents, teens and schools can help teenagers weather the storms of adolescence, and get the most out of their incredible brains.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Teenage Brain: A neuroscientist’s survival guide to raising adolescents and young adults
Author: Frances E. Jensen
Narrator: Laurence Bouvard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is it that the behaviour of teenagers can be so odd? As they grow older, young children steadily improve their sense of how to behave, and then all of a sudden, they can become totally uncommunicative, wildly emotional and completely unpredictable.           We used to think that erratic teenage behaviour was due to a sudden surge in hormones, but modern neuroscience shows us that this isn’t true. The Teenage Brain is a journey through the new discoveries that show us exactly what happens to the brain in this crucial period, how it dictates teenagers’ behaviour, and how the experiences of our teenage years are what shape our attitudes, and often our happiness in later life.           Many of our ideas about our growing brains are completely re-written. They don’t stop developing at the end of our teens – they keep adapting until we are in our mid-twenties. They are wired back to front, with the most important parts, the parts that we associate with good judgement, concentration, organization and emotional and behavioural control being connected last of all.           The Teenage brain is a powerful animal primed for learning, but this creates problems. Addiction is a form of learning, and Frances Jensen, Professor of Pediatric Neurology at the teaching hospital of Harvard Medical School reveals exactly what lies behind all aspects of teenage behaviour and its lasting effects – from drugs, lack of sleep and smoking to multi-tasking and stress.           As a mother and a scientist, Professor Jensen offers both exciting science and practical suggestions for how parents, teens and schools can help teenagers weather the storms of adolescence, and get the most out of their incredible brains.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Orphaned Adult: Understanding And Coping With Grief And Change After The Death Of Our Parents by Alexander Levy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Orphaned Adult: Understanding And Coping With Grief And Change After The Death Of Our Parents
Author: Alexander Levy
Narrator: Jeff Steitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;#039;wise and caring book&amp;#039; (Library Journal) is a guide to understanding and coping with grief and all of the disorienting emotions that accompany the death of our parents. Losing our parents when we ourselves are adults is in the natural order of things, a rite of passage into true adulthood. But whether we lose them suddenly or after a prolonged illness, and whether we were close to or estranged from them, this passage proves inevitably more difficult than we thought it would be. From the recognition of our own mortality and sudden child-like sorrow to a sometimes-subtle change in identity or shift of roles in the surviving family, The Orphaned Adult guides readers through the storm of change this passage brings and anchors them with its compassionate and reassuring wisdom.</description>
      <author>Alexander Levy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478994664.mp3" length="865456" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478994664.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Orphaned Adult: Understanding And Coping With Grief And Change After The Death Of Our Parents
Author: Alexander Levy
Narrator: Jeff Steitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;#039;wise and caring book&amp;#039; (Library Journal) is a guide to understanding and coping with grief and all of the disorienting emotions that accompany the death of our parents. Losing our parents when we ourselves are adults is in the natural order of things, a rite of passage into true adulthood. But whether we lose them suddenly or after a prolonged illness, and whether we were close to or estranged from them, this passage proves inevitably more difficult than we thought it would be. From the recognition of our own mortality and sudden child-like sorrow to a sometimes-subtle change in identity or shift of roles in the surviving family, The Orphaned Adult guides readers through the storm of change this passage brings and anchors them with its compassionate and reassuring wisdom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Orphaned Adult: Understanding And Coping With Grief And Change After The Death Of Our Parents
Author: Alexander Levy
Narrator: Jeff Steitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;#039;wise and caring book&amp;#039; (Library Journal) is a guide to understanding and coping with grief and all of the disorienting emotions that accompany the death of our parents. Losing our parents when we ourselves are adults is in the natural order of things, a rite of passage into true adulthood. But whether we lose them suddenly or after a prolonged illness, and whether we were close to or estranged from them, this passage proves inevitably more difficult than we thought it would be. From the recognition of our own mortality and sudden child-like sorrow to a sometimes-subtle change in identity or shift of roles in the surviving family, The Orphaned Adult guides readers through the storm of change this passage brings and anchors them with its compassionate and reassuring wisdom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Eden Express: A Memoir of Insanity by Mark Vonnegut</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eden Express: A Memoir of Insanity
Author: Mark Vonnegut
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Vonnegut set out in search of Eden with his VW bug, his girlfriend, his dog, and his ideals, but genetic predisposition and a whole lot of **** going down made him crazy in a culture that told him mental illness is a myth and schizophrenia is a sane response to an insane society. Describing his experiences during the late &amp;#039;60s and early &amp;#039;70s, Eden Express reveals how Mark went from being a recent college grad who was in love and living communally on a farm-with a famous, doting father, a cherished dog, and a prized jalopy-to having nervous breakdowns and then, eventually, emerging from them to write this book and to find the meaningful life that had-for a while-seemed out of reach. But the real story here is that, throughout his harrowing experience, Mark&amp;#039;s sense of humor let him see the humanity in what he was going through and that his gift for language let him describe it in such a way that others could begin to imagine its utter ordinariness as well as the madness that we all share.</description>
      <author>Mark Vonnegut</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666590548.mp3" length="865274" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666590548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eden Express: A Memoir of Insanity
Author: Mark Vonnegut
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Vonnegut set out in search of Eden with his VW bug, his girlfriend, his dog, and his ideals, but genetic predisposition and a whole lot of **** going down made him crazy in a culture that told him mental illness is a myth and schizophrenia is a sane response to an insane society. Describing his experiences during the late &amp;#039;60s and early &amp;#039;70s, Eden Express reveals how Mark went from being a recent college grad who was in love and living communally on a farm-with a famous, doting father, a cherished dog, and a prized jalopy-to having nervous breakdowns and then, eventually, emerging from them to write this book and to find the meaningful life that had-for a while-seemed out of reach. But the real story here is that, throughout his harrowing experience, Mark&amp;#039;s sense of humor let him see the humanity in what he was going through and that his gift for language let him describe it in such a way that others could begin to imagine its utter ordinariness as well as the madness that we all share.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313136</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eden Express: A Memoir of Insanity
Author: Mark Vonnegut
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mark Vonnegut set out in search of Eden with his VW bug, his girlfriend, his dog, and his ideals, but genetic predisposition and a whole lot of **** going down made him crazy in a culture that told him mental illness is a myth and schizophrenia is a sane response to an insane society. Describing his experiences during the late &amp;#039;60s and early &amp;#039;70s, Eden Express reveals how Mark went from being a recent college grad who was in love and living communally on a farm-with a famous, doting father, a cherished dog, and a prized jalopy-to having nervous breakdowns and then, eventually, emerging from them to write this book and to find the meaningful life that had-for a while-seemed out of reach. But the real story here is that, throughout his harrowing experience, Mark&amp;#039;s sense of humor let him see the humanity in what he was going through and that his gift for language let him describe it in such a way that others could begin to imagine its utter ordinariness as well as the madness that we all share.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Talk Therapy: How Health Insurers, Big Pharma, and Slanted Science are Ruining Good Mental Health Care by Enrico Gnaulati</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Talk Therapy: How Health Insurers, Big Pharma, and Slanted Science are Ruining Good Mental Health Care
Author: Enrico Gnaulati
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting critique of how managed care and the selective use of science to privilege quick-fix therapies have undermined in-depth psychotherapy—to the detriment of patients and practitioners In recent decades there has been a decline in the quality and availability of psychotherapy in America that has gone largely unnoticed—even though rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are on the rise. In Saving Talk Therapy, master therapist Dr. Enrico Gnaulati presents powerful case studies from his practice to remind patients and therapists alike how and why traditional talk therapy works and, using cutting-edge research findings, unpacks the problematic incentives in our health-care system and in academic psychology that explain its decline. Beginning with a discussion of the historical development of talk therapy, Dr. Gnaulati goes on to dissect the factors that have undermined it. Psychotropic drugs, if no longer thought of as a magical cure, are still over-prescribed and shunt health-care dollars to drug corporations. Managed-care companies and mental health “carve outs” send health-care dollars to administrators, drive many practitioners away, and over-burden those who remain. And drawing back the curtains on CBT (cognitive behavior therapy), Dr. Gnaulati shows that while it might be effective in the research lab, its findings are of limited use for the people’s complex, real-world emotional problems. Saving Talk Therapy is a passionate and deeply researched case for in-depth, personally transformative psychotherapy that incorporates the benefits of an evidence-based approach and psychotropic drugs without over-relying on them.</description>
      <author>Enrico Gnaulati</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807085417.mp3" length="2737138" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807085417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Talk Therapy: How Health Insurers, Big Pharma, and Slanted Science are Ruining Good Mental Health Care
Author: Enrico Gnaulati
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting critique of how managed care and the selective use of science to privilege quick-fix therapies have undermined in-depth psychotherapy—to the detriment of patients and practitioners In recent decades there has been a decline in the quality and availability of psychotherapy in America that has gone largely unnoticed—even though rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are on the rise. In Saving Talk Therapy, master therapist Dr. Enrico Gnaulati presents powerful case studies from his practice to remind patients and therapists alike how and why traditional talk therapy works and, using cutting-edge research findings, unpacks the problematic incentives in our health-care system and in academic psychology that explain its decline. Beginning with a discussion of the historical development of talk therapy, Dr. Gnaulati goes on to dissect the factors that have undermined it. Psychotropic drugs, if no longer thought of as a magical cure, are still over-prescribed and shunt health-care dollars to drug corporations. Managed-care companies and mental health “carve outs” send health-care dollars to administrators, drive many practitioners away, and over-burden those who remain. And drawing back the curtains on CBT (cognitive behavior therapy), Dr. Gnaulati shows that while it might be effective in the research lab, its findings are of limited use for the people’s complex, real-world emotional problems. Saving Talk Therapy is a passionate and deeply researched case for in-depth, personally transformative psychotherapy that incorporates the benefits of an evidence-based approach and psychotropic drugs without over-relying on them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Talk Therapy: How Health Insurers, Big Pharma, and Slanted Science are Ruining Good Mental Health Care
Author: Enrico Gnaulati
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting critique of how managed care and the selective use of science to privilege quick-fix therapies have undermined in-depth psychotherapy—to the detriment of patients and practitioners In recent decades there has been a decline in the quality and availability of psychotherapy in America that has gone largely unnoticed—even though rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are on the rise. In Saving Talk Therapy, master therapist Dr. Enrico Gnaulati presents powerful case studies from his practice to remind patients and therapists alike how and why traditional talk therapy works and, using cutting-edge research findings, unpacks the problematic incentives in our health-care system and in academic psychology that explain its decline. Beginning with a discussion of the historical development of talk therapy, Dr. Gnaulati goes on to dissect the factors that have undermined it. Psychotropic drugs, if no longer thought of as a magical cure, are still over-prescribed and shunt health-care dollars to drug corporations. Managed-care companies and mental health “carve outs” send health-care dollars to administrators, drive many practitioners away, and over-burden those who remain. And drawing back the curtains on CBT (cognitive behavior therapy), Dr. Gnaulati shows that while it might be effective in the research lab, its findings are of limited use for the people’s complex, real-world emotional problems. Saving Talk Therapy is a passionate and deeply researched case for in-depth, personally transformative psychotherapy that incorporates the benefits of an evidence-based approach and psychotropic drugs without over-relying on them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jane on the Brain: Exploring the Science of Social Intelligence with Jane Austen by Wendy Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jane on the Brain: Exploring the Science of Social Intelligence with Jane Austen
Author: Wendy Jones
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is Jane Austen so phenomenally popular? Why do we read Pride and Prejudice again and again? Why do we delight in Emma&amp;#039;s mischievous schemes? Why do we care that Anne Elliot of Persuasion suffers? We care because it is our biological destiny to be interested in people and their stories—the human brain is a social brain. And Austen&amp;#039;s characters are so believable, that for many of us, they are not just imaginary beings, but friends whom we know and love. And thanks to Austen&amp;#039;s ability to capture the breadth and depth of human psychology so thoroughly, we feel that she empathizes with us, her readers. Humans have a profound need for empathy, to know that we are not alone with our joys and sorrows. And then there is attachment, denial, narcissism, and of course, love, to name a few. We see ourselves and others reflected in Austen&amp;#039;s work.</description>
      <author>Wendy Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781681689913.mp3" length="8305827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781681689913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jane on the Brain: Exploring the Science of Social Intelligence with Jane Austen
Author: Wendy Jones
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is Jane Austen so phenomenally popular? Why do we read Pride and Prejudice again and again? Why do we delight in Emma&amp;#039;s mischievous schemes? Why do we care that Anne Elliot of Persuasion suffers? We care because it is our biological destiny to be interested in people and their stories—the human brain is a social brain. And Austen&amp;#039;s characters are so believable, that for many of us, they are not just imaginary beings, but friends whom we know and love. And thanks to Austen&amp;#039;s ability to capture the breadth and depth of human psychology so thoroughly, we feel that she empathizes with us, her readers. Humans have a profound need for empathy, to know that we are not alone with our joys and sorrows. And then there is attachment, denial, narcissism, and of course, love, to name a few. We see ourselves and others reflected in Austen&amp;#039;s work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jane on the Brain: Exploring the Science of Social Intelligence with Jane Austen
Author: Wendy Jones
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why is Jane Austen so phenomenally popular? Why do we read Pride and Prejudice again and again? Why do we delight in Emma&amp;#039;s mischievous schemes? Why do we care that Anne Elliot of Persuasion suffers? We care because it is our biological destiny to be interested in people and their stories—the human brain is a social brain. And Austen&amp;#039;s characters are so believable, that for many of us, they are not just imaginary beings, but friends whom we know and love. And thanks to Austen&amp;#039;s ability to capture the breadth and depth of human psychology so thoroughly, we feel that she empathizes with us, her readers. Humans have a profound need for empathy, to know that we are not alone with our joys and sorrows. And then there is attachment, denial, narcissism, and of course, love, to name a few. We see ourselves and others reflected in Austen&amp;#039;s work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Legal System that Does Not Recognize Honor Has None by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legal System that Does Not Recognize Honor Has None
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our legal system penalizes honor and rewards its absence.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518984389.mp3" length="149970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518984389.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legal System that Does Not Recognize Honor Has None
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our legal system penalizes honor and rewards its absence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legal System that Does Not Recognize Honor Has None
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Our legal system penalizes honor and rewards its absence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heroism as a Consequence of Cowardice by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heroism as a Consequence of Cowardice
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fearlessness about losing one&amp;#039;s life is sometimes a consequence of fearfulness about losing one&amp;#039;s identity.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518984365.mp3" length="148954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518984365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heroism as a Consequence of Cowardice
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fearlessness about losing one&amp;#039;s life is sometimes a consequence of fearfulness about losing one&amp;#039;s identity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heroism as a Consequence of Cowardice
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fearlessness about losing one&amp;#039;s life is sometimes a consequence of fearfulness about losing one&amp;#039;s identity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If You Believe in Yourself, Others Believe in You by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If You Believe in Yourself, Others Believe in You
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-confidence is a resolution to succeed, and self-doubt is a resolution to fail.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518984341.mp3" length="149304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518984341.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If You Believe in Yourself, Others Believe in You
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-confidence is a resolution to succeed, and self-doubt is a resolution to fail.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If You Believe in Yourself, Others Believe in You
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-confidence is a resolution to succeed, and self-doubt is a resolution to fail.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams by Matthew Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER  TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017  Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep.  In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence.  Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet&amp;#039; Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Startling, vital ... a life-raft&amp;#039; Guardian  &amp;#039;A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise&amp;#039; The Times  &amp;#039;Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me&amp;#039; Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd</description>
      <author>Matthew Walker</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141988405.mp3" length="1335666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141988405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER  TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017  Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep.  In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence.  Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet&amp;#039; Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Startling, vital ... a life-raft&amp;#039; Guardian  &amp;#039;A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise&amp;#039; The Times  &amp;#039;Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me&amp;#039; Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 70 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER  TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017  Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer&amp;#039;s, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep.  In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence.  Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. &amp;#039;Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know&amp;#039; Chris Evans &amp;#039;Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet&amp;#039; Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Startling, vital ... a life-raft&amp;#039; Guardian  &amp;#039;A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise&amp;#039; The Times  &amp;#039;Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me&amp;#039; Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dead Moms Club: A Memoir about Death, Grief, and Surviving the Mother of All Losses by Kate Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dead Moms Club: A Memoir about Death, Grief, and Surviving the Mother of All Losses
Author: Kate Spencer
Narrator: Kate Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kate Spencer lost her mom to cancer when she was 27. In The Dead Moms Club, she walks readers through her experience of stumbling through grief and loss, and helps them to get through it, too. This isn&amp;#039;t a weepy, sentimental story, but rather a frank, up-front look at what it means to go through gruesome grief and come out on the other side.  An empathetic read, The Dead Moms Club covers how losing her mother changed nearly everything in her life: both men and women readers who have lost parents or experienced grief of this magnitude will be comforted and consoled. Spencer even concludes each chapter with a cheeky but useful tip for readers (like the &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s None of Your Business Card&amp;#039; to copy and hand out to nosy strangers asking about your passed loved one).</description>
      <author>Kate Spencer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478989134.mp3" length="862730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478989134.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dead Moms Club: A Memoir about Death, Grief, and Surviving the Mother of All Losses
Author: Kate Spencer
Narrator: Kate Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kate Spencer lost her mom to cancer when she was 27. In The Dead Moms Club, she walks readers through her experience of stumbling through grief and loss, and helps them to get through it, too. This isn&amp;#039;t a weepy, sentimental story, but rather a frank, up-front look at what it means to go through gruesome grief and come out on the other side.  An empathetic read, The Dead Moms Club covers how losing her mother changed nearly everything in her life: both men and women readers who have lost parents or experienced grief of this magnitude will be comforted and consoled. Spencer even concludes each chapter with a cheeky but useful tip for readers (like the &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s None of Your Business Card&amp;#039; to copy and hand out to nosy strangers asking about your passed loved one).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dead Moms Club: A Memoir about Death, Grief, and Surviving the Mother of All Losses
Author: Kate Spencer
Narrator: Kate Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kate Spencer lost her mom to cancer when she was 27. In The Dead Moms Club, she walks readers through her experience of stumbling through grief and loss, and helps them to get through it, too. This isn&amp;#039;t a weepy, sentimental story, but rather a frank, up-front look at what it means to go through gruesome grief and come out on the other side.  An empathetic read, The Dead Moms Club covers how losing her mother changed nearly everything in her life: both men and women readers who have lost parents or experienced grief of this magnitude will be comforted and consoled. Spencer even concludes each chapter with a cheeky but useful tip for readers (like the &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s None of Your Business Card&amp;#039; to copy and hand out to nosy strangers asking about your passed loved one).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shadow Work: the unpaid, unseen jobs that fill your day by Craig Lambert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Work: the unpaid, unseen jobs that fill your day
Author: Craig Lambert
Narrator: James Jenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable, and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as &amp;#039;middle-class serfdom,&amp;#039; and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don&amp;#039;t help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their day got so full-and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them.</description>
      <author>Craig Lambert</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781501905155.mp3" length="1315909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781501905155.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Work: the unpaid, unseen jobs that fill your day
Author: Craig Lambert
Narrator: James Jenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable, and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as &amp;#039;middle-class serfdom,&amp;#039; and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don&amp;#039;t help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their day got so full-and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shadow Work: the unpaid, unseen jobs that fill your day
Author: Craig Lambert
Narrator: James Jenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2015
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the exception of sleep, humans spend more of their lifetimes on work than any other activity. It is central to our economy, society, and the family. It underpins our finances and our sense of meaning in life. Given the overriding importance of work, we need to recognize a profound transformation in the nature of work that is significantly altering lives: the incoming tidal wave of shadow work. Shadow work includes all the unpaid tasks we do on behalf of businesses and organizations. It has slipped into our routines stealthily; most of us do not realize how much of it we are already doing, even as we pump our own gas, scan and bag our own groceries, execute our own stock trades, and build our own unassembled furniture. But its presence is unmistakable, and its effects far-reaching. Fueled by the twin forces of technology and skyrocketing personnel costs, shadow work has taken a foothold in our society. Lambert terms its prevalence as &amp;#039;middle-class serfdom,&amp;#039; and examines its sources in the invasion of robotics, the democratization of expertise, and new demands on individuals at all levels of society. The end result? A more personalized form of consumption, a great social leveling (pedigrees don&amp;#039;t help with shadow work!), and the weakening of communities as robotics reduce daily human interaction. Shadow Work offers a field guide to this new phenomenon. It shines a light on these trends now so prevalent in our daily lives and, more importantly, offers valuable insight into how to counter their effects. It will be essential reading to anyone seeking to understand how their day got so full-and how to deal with the ubiquitous shadow work that surrounds them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing by Daniel H. Pink</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing
Author: Daniel H. Pink
Narrator: Daniel H. Pink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 57 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times Bestseller #1 Wall Street Journal Business Bestseller Instant Washington Post Bestseller &amp;#039;Brims with a surprising amount of insight and practical advice.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal Daniel H. Pink, the #1 bestselling author of Drive and To Sell Is Human, unlocks the scientific secrets to good timing to help you flourish at work, at school, and at home.  Everyone knows that timing is everything. But we don&amp;#039;t know much about timing itself. Our lives are a never-ending stream of &amp;#039;when&amp;#039; decisions: when to start a business, schedule a class, get serious about a person. Yet we make those decisions based on intuition and guesswork. Timing, it&amp;#039;s often assumed, is an art. In When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing, Pink shows that timing is really a science. Drawing on a rich trove of research from psychology, biology, and economics, Pink reveals how best to live, work, and succeed. How can we use the hidden patterns of the day to build the ideal schedule? Why do certain breaks dramatically improve student test scores? How can we turn a stumbling beginning into a fresh start? Why should we avoid going to the hospital in the afternoon? Why is singing in time with other people as good for you as exercise? And what is the ideal time to quit a job, switch careers, or get married? In When, Pink distills cutting-edge research and data on timing and synthesizes them into a fascinating, readable narrative packed with irresistible stories and practical takeaways that give readers compelling insights into how we can live richer, more engaged lives.</description>
      <author>Daniel H. Pink</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780525528210.mp3" length="2764629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780525528210.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing
Author: Daniel H. Pink
Narrator: Daniel H. Pink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 57 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times Bestseller #1 Wall Street Journal Business Bestseller Instant Washington Post Bestseller &amp;#039;Brims with a surprising amount of insight and practical advice.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal Daniel H. Pink, the #1 bestselling author of Drive and To Sell Is Human, unlocks the scientific secrets to good timing to help you flourish at work, at school, and at home.  Everyone knows that timing is everything. But we don&amp;#039;t know much about timing itself. Our lives are a never-ending stream of &amp;#039;when&amp;#039; decisions: when to start a business, schedule a class, get serious about a person. Yet we make those decisions based on intuition and guesswork. Timing, it&amp;#039;s often assumed, is an art. In When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing, Pink shows that timing is really a science. Drawing on a rich trove of research from psychology, biology, and economics, Pink reveals how best to live, work, and succeed. How can we use the hidden patterns of the day to build the ideal schedule? Why do certain breaks dramatically improve student test scores? How can we turn a stumbling beginning into a fresh start? Why should we avoid going to the hospital in the afternoon? Why is singing in time with other people as good for you as exercise? And what is the ideal time to quit a job, switch careers, or get married? In When, Pink distills cutting-edge research and data on timing and synthesizes them into a fascinating, readable narrative packed with irresistible stories and practical takeaways that give readers compelling insights into how we can live richer, more engaged lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing
Author: Daniel H. Pink
Narrator: Daniel H. Pink
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 57 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant New York Times Bestseller #1 Wall Street Journal Business Bestseller Instant Washington Post Bestseller &amp;#039;Brims with a surprising amount of insight and practical advice.&amp;#039; --The Wall Street Journal Daniel H. Pink, the #1 bestselling author of Drive and To Sell Is Human, unlocks the scientific secrets to good timing to help you flourish at work, at school, and at home.  Everyone knows that timing is everything. But we don&amp;#039;t know much about timing itself. Our lives are a never-ending stream of &amp;#039;when&amp;#039; decisions: when to start a business, schedule a class, get serious about a person. Yet we make those decisions based on intuition and guesswork. Timing, it&amp;#039;s often assumed, is an art. In When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing, Pink shows that timing is really a science. Drawing on a rich trove of research from psychology, biology, and economics, Pink reveals how best to live, work, and succeed. How can we use the hidden patterns of the day to build the ideal schedule? Why do certain breaks dramatically improve student test scores? How can we turn a stumbling beginning into a fresh start? Why should we avoid going to the hospital in the afternoon? Why is singing in time with other people as good for you as exercise? And what is the ideal time to quit a job, switch careers, or get married? In When, Pink distills cutting-edge research and data on timing and synthesizes them into a fascinating, readable narrative packed with irresistible stories and practical takeaways that give readers compelling insights into how we can live richer, more engaged lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Off the Charts: The Hidden Lives and Lessons of American Child Prodigies by ANN HULBERT</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Charts: The Hidden Lives and Lessons of American Child Prodigies
Author: ANN HULBERT
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the widely praised Raising America--a compelling exploration of child genius told through the gripping stories of fifteen exceptionally gifted boys and girls, from a math wonder a century ago to young jazz and classical piano virtuosos today. A thought-provoking book for a time when parents anxiously aspire to raise &amp;#039;super children&amp;#039; and experts worry the nation is wasting the brilliant young minds it needs.  Ann Hulbert examines the lives of children whose rare accomplishments have raised hopes about untapped human potential and questions about how best to nurture it. She probes the changing role of parents and teachers, as well as of psychologists and a curious press. Above all, she delves into the feelings of the prodigies themselves, who push back against adults more as the decades proceed. Among the children are the math genius Norbert Wiener, founder of cybernetics, a Harvard graduate student at age fifteen; two girls, a poet and a novelist, whose published work stirred debate in the 1920s; the movie superstar Shirley Temple and the African American pianist and composer Philippa Schuyler; the chess champion Bobby Fischer; computer pioneers and autistic &amp;#039;prodigious savants&amp;#039;; and musical prodigies, present and past. Off the Charts also tells the surprising inside stories of Lewis Terman&amp;#039;s prewar study of high-IQ children and of the postwar talent search begun at Johns Hopkins, and discovers what Tiger Mom Amy Chua really has to tell us. But in these moving stories, it is the children who deliver the most important messages.</description>
      <author>ANN HULBERT</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780525500391.mp3" length="2850547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780525500391.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Charts: The Hidden Lives and Lessons of American Child Prodigies
Author: ANN HULBERT
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the widely praised Raising America--a compelling exploration of child genius told through the gripping stories of fifteen exceptionally gifted boys and girls, from a math wonder a century ago to young jazz and classical piano virtuosos today. A thought-provoking book for a time when parents anxiously aspire to raise &amp;#039;super children&amp;#039; and experts worry the nation is wasting the brilliant young minds it needs.  Ann Hulbert examines the lives of children whose rare accomplishments have raised hopes about untapped human potential and questions about how best to nurture it. She probes the changing role of parents and teachers, as well as of psychologists and a curious press. Above all, she delves into the feelings of the prodigies themselves, who push back against adults more as the decades proceed. Among the children are the math genius Norbert Wiener, founder of cybernetics, a Harvard graduate student at age fifteen; two girls, a poet and a novelist, whose published work stirred debate in the 1920s; the movie superstar Shirley Temple and the African American pianist and composer Philippa Schuyler; the chess champion Bobby Fischer; computer pioneers and autistic &amp;#039;prodigious savants&amp;#039;; and musical prodigies, present and past. Off the Charts also tells the surprising inside stories of Lewis Terman&amp;#039;s prewar study of high-IQ children and of the postwar talent search begun at Johns Hopkins, and discovers what Tiger Mom Amy Chua really has to tell us. But in these moving stories, it is the children who deliver the most important messages.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Charts: The Hidden Lives and Lessons of American Child Prodigies
Author: ANN HULBERT
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the widely praised Raising America--a compelling exploration of child genius told through the gripping stories of fifteen exceptionally gifted boys and girls, from a math wonder a century ago to young jazz and classical piano virtuosos today. A thought-provoking book for a time when parents anxiously aspire to raise &amp;#039;super children&amp;#039; and experts worry the nation is wasting the brilliant young minds it needs.  Ann Hulbert examines the lives of children whose rare accomplishments have raised hopes about untapped human potential and questions about how best to nurture it. She probes the changing role of parents and teachers, as well as of psychologists and a curious press. Above all, she delves into the feelings of the prodigies themselves, who push back against adults more as the decades proceed. Among the children are the math genius Norbert Wiener, founder of cybernetics, a Harvard graduate student at age fifteen; two girls, a poet and a novelist, whose published work stirred debate in the 1920s; the movie superstar Shirley Temple and the African American pianist and composer Philippa Schuyler; the chess champion Bobby Fischer; computer pioneers and autistic &amp;#039;prodigious savants&amp;#039;; and musical prodigies, present and past. Off the Charts also tells the surprising inside stories of Lewis Terman&amp;#039;s prewar study of high-IQ children and of the postwar talent search begun at Johns Hopkins, and discovers what Tiger Mom Amy Chua really has to tell us. But in these moving stories, it is the children who deliver the most important messages.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emotional Success: The Power of Gratitude, Compassion, and Pride by David DeSteno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Success: The Power of Gratitude, Compassion, and Pride
Author: David DeSteno
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A string of bestsellers have alerted us to the importance of grit—an ability to persevere and control one’s impulses that is closely associated with greatness. But no book yet has charted the most accessible and powerful path to grit: our prosocial emotions. These feelings—gratitude, compassion, and pride—are easier to generate than the willpower and self-denial that underpin traditional approaches to grit. And, while willpower is quickly depleted, prosocial emotions actually become stronger the more we use them. These emotions have another crucial advantage: they’re contagious. Those around us become more likely to apply them when we do. As this myth-shattering book explains, prosocial emotions evolved specifically to help us resist immediate temptations in favor of long-term gains. Originally, they enabled us to build lasting relationships with other people, and they still do that brilliantly. But they can also be adapted to strengthen our bonds with our own future selves—who will benefit most from the grit we need to succeed in life. No matter what our goals are, Emotional Success can help us achieve them with greater ease and deeper satisfaction than we would have thought possible.</description>
      <author>David DeSteno</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781538503140.mp3" length="818547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781538503140.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Success: The Power of Gratitude, Compassion, and Pride
Author: David DeSteno
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A string of bestsellers have alerted us to the importance of grit—an ability to persevere and control one’s impulses that is closely associated with greatness. But no book yet has charted the most accessible and powerful path to grit: our prosocial emotions. These feelings—gratitude, compassion, and pride—are easier to generate than the willpower and self-denial that underpin traditional approaches to grit. And, while willpower is quickly depleted, prosocial emotions actually become stronger the more we use them. These emotions have another crucial advantage: they’re contagious. Those around us become more likely to apply them when we do. As this myth-shattering book explains, prosocial emotions evolved specifically to help us resist immediate temptations in favor of long-term gains. Originally, they enabled us to build lasting relationships with other people, and they still do that brilliantly. But they can also be adapted to strengthen our bonds with our own future selves—who will benefit most from the grit we need to succeed in life. No matter what our goals are, Emotional Success can help us achieve them with greater ease and deeper satisfaction than we would have thought possible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312444</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Success: The Power of Gratitude, Compassion, and Pride
Author: David DeSteno
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A string of bestsellers have alerted us to the importance of grit—an ability to persevere and control one’s impulses that is closely associated with greatness. But no book yet has charted the most accessible and powerful path to grit: our prosocial emotions. These feelings—gratitude, compassion, and pride—are easier to generate than the willpower and self-denial that underpin traditional approaches to grit. And, while willpower is quickly depleted, prosocial emotions actually become stronger the more we use them. These emotions have another crucial advantage: they’re contagious. Those around us become more likely to apply them when we do. As this myth-shattering book explains, prosocial emotions evolved specifically to help us resist immediate temptations in favor of long-term gains. Originally, they enabled us to build lasting relationships with other people, and they still do that brilliantly. But they can also be adapted to strengthen our bonds with our own future selves—who will benefit most from the grit we need to succeed in life. No matter what our goals are, Emotional Success can help us achieve them with greater ease and deeper satisfaction than we would have thought possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology: Shattering Widespread Misconceptions about Human Behavior by Barry L. Beyerstein, John Ruscio, Steven Jay Lynn, Scott O. Lilienfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology: Shattering Widespread Misconceptions about Human Behavior
Author: Barry L. Beyerstein, John Ruscio, Steven Jay Lynn, Scott O. Lilienfeld
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology uses popular myths as a vehicle for helping students and laypersons to distinguish science from pseudoscience. Uses common myths as a vehicle for exploring how to distinguish factual from fictional claims in popular psychology Explores topics that listeners will relate to, but often misunderstand, such as &amp;#039;opposites attract&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;people use only 10% of their brains&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;handwriting reveals your personality&amp;#039; Provides a &amp;#039;mythbusting kit&amp;#039; for evaluating folk psychology claims in everyday life Teaches essential critical thinking skills through detailed discussions of each myth Includes over 200 additional psychological myths for listeners to explore Contains an Appendix of useful Web Sites for examining psychological myths</description>
      <author>Barry L. Beyerstein, John Ruscio, Steven Jay Lynn, Scott O. Lilienfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469008257.mp3" length="7434187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469008257.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology: Shattering Widespread Misconceptions about Human Behavior
Author: Barry L. Beyerstein, John Ruscio, Steven Jay Lynn, Scott O. Lilienfeld
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology uses popular myths as a vehicle for helping students and laypersons to distinguish science from pseudoscience. Uses common myths as a vehicle for exploring how to distinguish factual from fictional claims in popular psychology Explores topics that listeners will relate to, but often misunderstand, such as &amp;#039;opposites attract&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;people use only 10% of their brains&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;handwriting reveals your personality&amp;#039; Provides a &amp;#039;mythbusting kit&amp;#039; for evaluating folk psychology claims in everyday life Teaches essential critical thinking skills through detailed discussions of each myth Includes over 200 additional psychological myths for listeners to explore Contains an Appendix of useful Web Sites for examining psychological myths</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology: Shattering Widespread Misconceptions about Human Behavior
Author: Barry L. Beyerstein, John Ruscio, Steven Jay Lynn, Scott O. Lilienfeld
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology uses popular myths as a vehicle for helping students and laypersons to distinguish science from pseudoscience. Uses common myths as a vehicle for exploring how to distinguish factual from fictional claims in popular psychology Explores topics that listeners will relate to, but often misunderstand, such as &amp;#039;opposites attract&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;people use only 10% of their brains&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;handwriting reveals your personality&amp;#039; Provides a &amp;#039;mythbusting kit&amp;#039; for evaluating folk psychology claims in everyday life Teaches essential critical thinking skills through detailed discussions of each myth Includes over 200 additional psychological myths for listeners to explore Contains an Appendix of useful Web Sites for examining psychological myths</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Big Mind: How Collective Intelligence Can Change Our World by Geoff Mulgan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Mind: How Collective Intelligence Can Change Our World
Author: Geoff Mulgan
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A new field of collective intelligence has emerged in the last few years, prompted by a wave of digital technologies that make it possible for organizations and societies to think at large scale. This &amp;#039;bigger mind&amp;#039;?human and machine capabilities working together?has the potential to solve the great challenges of our time. So why do smart technologies not automatically lead to smart results? Gathering insights from diverse fields, including philosophy, computer science, and biology, Big Mind reveals how collective intelligence can guide corporations, governments, universities, and societies to make the most of human brains and digital technologies. Geoff Mulgan explores how collective intelligence has to be consciously organized and orchestrated in order to harness its powers. He looks at recent experiments mobilizing millions of people to solve problems, and at groundbreaking technology like Google Maps and Dove satellites. He also considers why organizations full of smart people and machines can make foolish mistakes?from investment banks losing billions to intelligence agencies misjudging geopolitical events?and shows how to avoid them.</description>
      <author>Geoff Mulgan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684410231.mp3" length="8116582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684410231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Mind: How Collective Intelligence Can Change Our World
Author: Geoff Mulgan
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A new field of collective intelligence has emerged in the last few years, prompted by a wave of digital technologies that make it possible for organizations and societies to think at large scale. This &amp;#039;bigger mind&amp;#039;?human and machine capabilities working together?has the potential to solve the great challenges of our time. So why do smart technologies not automatically lead to smart results? Gathering insights from diverse fields, including philosophy, computer science, and biology, Big Mind reveals how collective intelligence can guide corporations, governments, universities, and societies to make the most of human brains and digital technologies. Geoff Mulgan explores how collective intelligence has to be consciously organized and orchestrated in order to harness its powers. He looks at recent experiments mobilizing millions of people to solve problems, and at groundbreaking technology like Google Maps and Dove satellites. He also considers why organizations full of smart people and machines can make foolish mistakes?from investment banks losing billions to intelligence agencies misjudging geopolitical events?and shows how to avoid them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big Mind: How Collective Intelligence Can Change Our World
Author: Geoff Mulgan
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A new field of collective intelligence has emerged in the last few years, prompted by a wave of digital technologies that make it possible for organizations and societies to think at large scale. This &amp;#039;bigger mind&amp;#039;?human and machine capabilities working together?has the potential to solve the great challenges of our time. So why do smart technologies not automatically lead to smart results? Gathering insights from diverse fields, including philosophy, computer science, and biology, Big Mind reveals how collective intelligence can guide corporations, governments, universities, and societies to make the most of human brains and digital technologies. Geoff Mulgan explores how collective intelligence has to be consciously organized and orchestrated in order to harness its powers. He looks at recent experiments mobilizing millions of people to solve problems, and at groundbreaking technology like Google Maps and Dove satellites. He also considers why organizations full of smart people and machines can make foolish mistakes?from investment banks losing billions to intelligence agencies misjudging geopolitical events?and shows how to avoid them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lifeskills for Adult Children by Alan Garner MA, Janet Geringer Woititz EdD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifeskills for Adult Children
Author: Alan Garner MA, Janet Geringer Woititz EdD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Adult Children of Alcoholics—a wonderful book that affirms and encourages ACoAs by developing your skills for living. Imagine how good you would feel if: ● You could stand up for yourself without losing your temper ● You could make a decision without second guessing yourself ● You didn&amp;#039;t have that sense of worthlessness every time someone criticized you ● You could learn how to establish and defend boundaries In Lifeskills for Adult Children you can learn how to do these things and more. This book is designed specifically for Adult Children and teaches skills to make your complex adult life easier, while improving your sense of self-worth. Examples are provided to help clarify the lessons and exercises are given to help you practice your new skills.</description>
      <author>Alan Garner MA, Janet Geringer Woititz EdD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977370037.mp3" length="7975087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977370037.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifeskills for Adult Children
Author: Alan Garner MA, Janet Geringer Woititz EdD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Adult Children of Alcoholics—a wonderful book that affirms and encourages ACoAs by developing your skills for living. Imagine how good you would feel if: ● You could stand up for yourself without losing your temper ● You could make a decision without second guessing yourself ● You didn&amp;#039;t have that sense of worthlessness every time someone criticized you ● You could learn how to establish and defend boundaries In Lifeskills for Adult Children you can learn how to do these things and more. This book is designed specifically for Adult Children and teaches skills to make your complex adult life easier, while improving your sense of self-worth. Examples are provided to help clarify the lessons and exercises are given to help you practice your new skills.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lifeskills for Adult Children
Author: Alan Garner MA, Janet Geringer Woititz EdD
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Adult Children of Alcoholics—a wonderful book that affirms and encourages ACoAs by developing your skills for living. Imagine how good you would feel if: ● You could stand up for yourself without losing your temper ● You could make a decision without second guessing yourself ● You didn&amp;#039;t have that sense of worthlessness every time someone criticized you ● You could learn how to establish and defend boundaries In Lifeskills for Adult Children you can learn how to do these things and more. This book is designed specifically for Adult Children and teaches skills to make your complex adult life easier, while improving your sense of self-worth. Examples are provided to help clarify the lessons and exercises are given to help you practice your new skills.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Selling Out is About Half-doing What You’re Doing by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Selling Out is About Half-doing What You’re Doing
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A mafioso is not a sell-out. The police officer who takes a bribe from a mafioso is a sell-out. Selling out is not about doing something bad. It is about half-doing the thing you are supposed to be doing and half-doing some other thing. The essence of sell-outism is not badness but corruptness, which is different.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982538.mp3" length="150810" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Selling Out is About Half-doing What You’re Doing
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A mafioso is not a sell-out. The police officer who takes a bribe from a mafioso is a sell-out. Selling out is not about doing something bad. It is about half-doing the thing you are supposed to be doing and half-doing some other thing. The essence of sell-outism is not badness but corruptness, which is different.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Selling Out is About Half-doing What You’re Doing
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A mafioso is not a sell-out. The police officer who takes a bribe from a mafioso is a sell-out. Selling out is not about doing something bad. It is about half-doing the thing you are supposed to be doing and half-doing some other thing. The essence of sell-outism is not badness but corruptness, which is different.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Respect in Which Economic Rationality is Circumscribed by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Respect in Which Economic Rationality is Circumscribed
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are not rational actors; they are rational re-actors. This proposition is clarified and substantiated in this short paper.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982514.mp3" length="150516" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Respect in Which Economic Rationality is Circumscribed
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are not rational actors; they are rational re-actors. This proposition is clarified and substantiated in this short paper.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312198</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Respect in Which Economic Rationality is Circumscribed
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are not rational actors; they are rational re-actors. This proposition is clarified and substantiated in this short paper.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shred of Truth of Kuhn’s Theory of Scientific Theories by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth of Kuhn’s Theory of Scientific Theories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The shred of truth in Kuhn&amp;#039;s erroneous theory of scientific theories is identified.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982477.mp3" length="290283" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982477.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth of Kuhn’s Theory of Scientific Theories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The shred of truth in Kuhn&amp;#039;s erroneous theory of scientific theories is identified.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth of Kuhn’s Theory of Scientific Theories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The shred of truth in Kuhn&amp;#039;s erroneous theory of scientific theories is identified.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It is Aggression, not Sexuality, that is the Primary Object of Repression by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It is Aggression, not Sexuality, that is the Primary Object of Repression
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is only to the extent that sexuality is a form of aggression that it is a possible target of repression, it being aggression, not sexuality, that is the real target of repression.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982453.mp3" length="149244" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982453.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It is Aggression, not Sexuality, that is the Primary Object of Repression
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is only to the extent that sexuality is a form of aggression that it is a possible target of repression, it being aggression, not sexuality, that is the real target of repression.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It is Aggression, not Sexuality, that is the Primary Object of Repression
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is only to the extent that sexuality is a form of aggression that it is a possible target of repression, it being aggression, not sexuality, that is the real target of repression.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Reason Why Nihilism, Relativism, and Skepticism are so Popular in Liberal Arts Departments by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Reason Why Nihilism, Relativism, and Skepticism are so Popular in Liberal Arts Departments
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most liberal arts professors are basically political prostitutes. And to hide this ugly fact from themselves, they espouse reductive conceptions of truth and our knowledge thereof.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982439.mp3" length="157436" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Reason Why Nihilism, Relativism, and Skepticism are so Popular in Liberal Arts Departments
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most liberal arts professors are basically political prostitutes. And to hide this ugly fact from themselves, they espouse reductive conceptions of truth and our knowledge thereof.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Reason Why Nihilism, Relativism, and Skepticism are so Popular in Liberal Arts Departments
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most liberal arts professors are basically political prostitutes. And to hide this ugly fact from themselves, they espouse reductive conceptions of truth and our knowledge thereof.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The ‘The Essence of Neurosis is the Inability to Tolerate Ambiguity’ by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The ‘The Essence of Neurosis is the Inability to Tolerate Ambiguity’
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Freud said that &amp;#039;the essence of neurosis is the inability to tolerate ambiguity.&amp;#039; In this short work, it is explained what this means and why it is true.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982415.mp3" length="150244" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982415.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The ‘The Essence of Neurosis is the Inability to Tolerate Ambiguity’
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Freud said that &amp;#039;the essence of neurosis is the inability to tolerate ambiguity.&amp;#039; In this short work, it is explained what this means and why it is true.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The ‘The Essence of Neurosis is the Inability to Tolerate Ambiguity’
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Freud said that &amp;#039;the essence of neurosis is the inability to tolerate ambiguity.&amp;#039; In this short work, it is explained what this means and why it is true.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) For Depression, Anxiety, Phobias, and Panic Attacks by James David Rockefeller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) For Depression, Anxiety, Phobias, and Panic Attacks
Author: James David Rockefeller
Narrator: RJ Bayley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
CBT is an acronym for cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), it is a psychological intervention which is an evidence based [practice for improving mental health and is the most commonly used practice. CBT uses the method of empirical research focusing on the development of person coping methods whose aim is to solve current problems and change harmful and unhelpful cognitive behaviors and help in regulating emotions . At its origin the use of cognitive behavioral therapy was restricted to the treatment of depression but as the years go by the therapy has been adapted to treat a wider range of mental health issues. In this book you will learn how CBT is used to treat depression, phobias, anxiety and panic attacks.</description>
      <author>James David Rockefeller</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982972.mp3" length="1442347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982972.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) For Depression, Anxiety, Phobias, and Panic Attacks
Author: James David Rockefeller
Narrator: RJ Bayley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
CBT is an acronym for cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), it is a psychological intervention which is an evidence based [practice for improving mental health and is the most commonly used practice. CBT uses the method of empirical research focusing on the development of person coping methods whose aim is to solve current problems and change harmful and unhelpful cognitive behaviors and help in regulating emotions . At its origin the use of cognitive behavioral therapy was restricted to the treatment of depression but as the years go by the therapy has been adapted to treat a wider range of mental health issues. In this book you will learn how CBT is used to treat depression, phobias, anxiety and panic attacks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) For Depression, Anxiety, Phobias, and Panic Attacks
Author: James David Rockefeller
Narrator: RJ Bayley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
CBT is an acronym for cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), it is a psychological intervention which is an evidence based [practice for improving mental health and is the most commonly used practice. CBT uses the method of empirical research focusing on the development of person coping methods whose aim is to solve current problems and change harmful and unhelpful cognitive behaviors and help in regulating emotions . At its origin the use of cognitive behavioral therapy was restricted to the treatment of depression but as the years go by the therapy has been adapted to treat a wider range of mental health issues. In this book you will learn how CBT is used to treat depression, phobias, anxiety and panic attacks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Prestige by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Prestige
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When a given person has the power of prestige behind him, his statements, even when attempts to describe pre-existing facts, are subconsciously taken as commands. When a person who does not have the power of prestige makes statements, those statements are, at best, taken as attempts to describe pre-existing facts or, more likely, as acts of either due submission or undue defiance. Thus, when a professor at a prestigious institution comes up with a crackpot theory, people see merit in it for, considered, as a command, it does have merit--and when a professor at a no-name institution comes up with a reasonable theory it is either judged according to its merits or dismissed.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518982392.mp3" length="150549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518982392.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Prestige
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When a given person has the power of prestige behind him, his statements, even when attempts to describe pre-existing facts, are subconsciously taken as commands. When a person who does not have the power of prestige makes statements, those statements are, at best, taken as attempts to describe pre-existing facts or, more likely, as acts of either due submission or undue defiance. Thus, when a professor at a prestigious institution comes up with a crackpot theory, people see merit in it for, considered, as a command, it does have merit--and when a professor at a no-name institution comes up with a reasonable theory it is either judged according to its merits or dismissed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312191</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Prestige
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When a given person has the power of prestige behind him, his statements, even when attempts to describe pre-existing facts, are subconsciously taken as commands. When a person who does not have the power of prestige makes statements, those statements are, at best, taken as attempts to describe pre-existing facts or, more likely, as acts of either due submission or undue defiance. Thus, when a professor at a prestigious institution comes up with a crackpot theory, people see merit in it for, considered, as a command, it does have merit--and when a professor at a no-name institution comes up with a reasonable theory it is either judged according to its merits or dismissed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tribe: On Homecoming and Belonging by Sebastian Junger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tribe: On Homecoming and Belonging
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Nick Landrum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of THE PERFECT STORM and WAR comes a book about why men miss war, why Londoners missed the Blitz, and what we can all learn from American Indian captives who refused to go home.           Tribe is a look at post-traumatic stress disorder and the challenges veterans face returning to society. Using his background in anthropology, Sebastian Junger argues that the problem lies not with vets or with the trauma they’ve suffered, but with the society to which they are trying to return.           One of the most puzzling things about veterans who experience PTSD is that the majority never even saw combat—and yet they feel deeply alienated and out of place back home. The reason may lie in our natural inclination, as a species, to live in groups of thirty to fifty people who are entirely reliant on one another for safety, comfort and a sense of meaning: in short, the life of a soldier.           It is one of the ironies of the modern age that as affluence rises in a society, so do rates of suicide, depression and of course PTSD. In a wealthy society people don’t need to cooperate with one another, so they often lead much lonelier lives that lead to psychological distress. There is a way for modern society to reverse this trend, however, and studying how veterans react to coming home may provide a clue to how to do it. But it won’t be easy.</description>
      <author>Sebastian Junger</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008168209.mp3" length="1290261" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008168209.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tribe: On Homecoming and Belonging
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Nick Landrum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of THE PERFECT STORM and WAR comes a book about why men miss war, why Londoners missed the Blitz, and what we can all learn from American Indian captives who refused to go home.           Tribe is a look at post-traumatic stress disorder and the challenges veterans face returning to society. Using his background in anthropology, Sebastian Junger argues that the problem lies not with vets or with the trauma they’ve suffered, but with the society to which they are trying to return.           One of the most puzzling things about veterans who experience PTSD is that the majority never even saw combat—and yet they feel deeply alienated and out of place back home. The reason may lie in our natural inclination, as a species, to live in groups of thirty to fifty people who are entirely reliant on one another for safety, comfort and a sense of meaning: in short, the life of a soldier.           It is one of the ironies of the modern age that as affluence rises in a society, so do rates of suicide, depression and of course PTSD. In a wealthy society people don’t need to cooperate with one another, so they often lead much lonelier lives that lead to psychological distress. There is a way for modern society to reverse this trend, however, and studying how veterans react to coming home may provide a clue to how to do it. But it won’t be easy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tribe: On Homecoming and Belonging
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Nick Landrum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of THE PERFECT STORM and WAR comes a book about why men miss war, why Londoners missed the Blitz, and what we can all learn from American Indian captives who refused to go home.           Tribe is a look at post-traumatic stress disorder and the challenges veterans face returning to society. Using his background in anthropology, Sebastian Junger argues that the problem lies not with vets or with the trauma they’ve suffered, but with the society to which they are trying to return.           One of the most puzzling things about veterans who experience PTSD is that the majority never even saw combat—and yet they feel deeply alienated and out of place back home. The reason may lie in our natural inclination, as a species, to live in groups of thirty to fifty people who are entirely reliant on one another for safety, comfort and a sense of meaning: in short, the life of a soldier.           It is one of the ironies of the modern age that as affluence rises in a society, so do rates of suicide, depression and of course PTSD. In a wealthy society people don’t need to cooperate with one another, so they often lead much lonelier lives that lead to psychological distress. There is a way for modern society to reverse this trend, however, and studying how veterans react to coming home may provide a clue to how to do it. But it won’t be easy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp;amp; Endorphin Levels by Loretta Graziano Breuning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp;amp; Endorphin Levels
Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary approach to enhancing your happiness level! Get ready to boost your happiness in just 45 days! Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to retrain your brain to turn on the chemicals that make you happy. Each page offers simple activities that help you understand the roles of your “happy chemicals”—serotonin, dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphin. You’ll also learn how to build new habits by rerouting the electricity in your brain to flow down a new pathway, making it even easier to trigger these happy chemicals and increase feelings of satisfaction when you need them most. Filled with dozens of exercises that will help you reprogram your brain, Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to live a happier, healthier life!</description>
      <author>Loretta Graziano Breuning</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508244547.mp3" length="851372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508244547.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp;amp; Endorphin Levels
Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary approach to enhancing your happiness level! Get ready to boost your happiness in just 45 days! Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to retrain your brain to turn on the chemicals that make you happy. Each page offers simple activities that help you understand the roles of your “happy chemicals”—serotonin, dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphin. You’ll also learn how to build new habits by rerouting the electricity in your brain to flow down a new pathway, making it even easier to trigger these happy chemicals and increase feelings of satisfaction when you need them most. Filled with dozens of exercises that will help you reprogram your brain, Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to live a happier, healthier life!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp;amp; Endorphin Levels
Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary approach to enhancing your happiness level! Get ready to boost your happiness in just 45 days! Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to retrain your brain to turn on the chemicals that make you happy. Each page offers simple activities that help you understand the roles of your “happy chemicals”—serotonin, dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphin. You’ll also learn how to build new habits by rerouting the electricity in your brain to flow down a new pathway, making it even easier to trigger these happy chemicals and increase feelings of satisfaction when you need them most. Filled with dozens of exercises that will help you reprogram your brain, Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to live a happier, healthier life!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wisdom of Psychopaths by Kevin Dutton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Psychopaths
Author: Kevin Dutton
Narrator: David Timson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychopath. No sooner is the word out than images of murderers, suicide bombers and gangsters flash across our minds. But unlike their box-office counterparts, not all psychopaths are violent, or even criminal. In fact, they are fearless, confident, ruthless and focused – qualities tailor-made for success in twenty-first-century society. In this groundbreaking adventure into the world of psychopaths, renowned psychologist Kevin Dutton reveals a shocking truth: psychopaths have something to teach us.</description>
      <author>Kevin Dutton</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781510011168.mp3" length="765651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781510011168.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Psychopaths
Author: Kevin Dutton
Narrator: David Timson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychopath. No sooner is the word out than images of murderers, suicide bombers and gangsters flash across our minds. But unlike their box-office counterparts, not all psychopaths are violent, or even criminal. In fact, they are fearless, confident, ruthless and focused – qualities tailor-made for success in twenty-first-century society. In this groundbreaking adventure into the world of psychopaths, renowned psychologist Kevin Dutton reveals a shocking truth: psychopaths have something to teach us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Psychopaths
Author: Kevin Dutton
Narrator: David Timson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2015
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychopath. No sooner is the word out than images of murderers, suicide bombers and gangsters flash across our minds. But unlike their box-office counterparts, not all psychopaths are violent, or even criminal. In fact, they are fearless, confident, ruthless and focused – qualities tailor-made for success in twenty-first-century society. In this groundbreaking adventure into the world of psychopaths, renowned psychologist Kevin Dutton reveals a shocking truth: psychopaths have something to teach us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Only Girl in the World: A Memoir by Maude Julien</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Girl in the World: A Memoir
Author: Maude Julien
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s rise above an unimaginable childhood.  Maude Julien&amp;#039;s parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor -- raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to &amp;#039;eliminate weakness.&amp;#039; Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment.   But Maude&amp;#039;s parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family&amp;#039;s paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity.   By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first page and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape.</description>
      <author>Maude Julien</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478970576.mp3" length="883143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478970576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Girl in the World: A Memoir
Author: Maude Julien
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s rise above an unimaginable childhood.  Maude Julien&amp;#039;s parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor -- raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to &amp;#039;eliminate weakness.&amp;#039; Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment.   But Maude&amp;#039;s parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family&amp;#039;s paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity.   By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first page and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311421</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Girl in the World: A Memoir
Author: Maude Julien
Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman&amp;#039;s rise above an unimaginable childhood.  Maude Julien&amp;#039;s parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor -- raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to &amp;#039;eliminate weakness.&amp;#039; Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment.   But Maude&amp;#039;s parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family&amp;#039;s paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity.   By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first page and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Kinds of Scholarly References by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Scholarly References
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes people are referenced as a way of a referencing ideas; and sometimes ideas are referenced as a way of referencing people. Works of the former kind are content-driven and therefore legitimate; works of the latter kind are politically driven and therefore illegitimate.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518979873.mp3" length="147950" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518979873.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Scholarly References
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes people are referenced as a way of a referencing ideas; and sometimes ideas are referenced as a way of referencing people. Works of the former kind are content-driven and therefore legitimate; works of the latter kind are politically driven and therefore illegitimate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Scholarly References
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes people are referenced as a way of a referencing ideas; and sometimes ideas are referenced as a way of referencing people. Works of the former kind are content-driven and therefore legitimate; works of the latter kind are politically driven and therefore illegitimate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The &amp;#039;The Literature&amp;#039; by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The &amp;#039;The Literature&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The odd scholar who actually has original ideas is stymied by censorious references to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;, as in, &amp;#039;your work doesn&amp;#039;t take &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039; into account.&amp;#039; Given any idea, there is a corresponding legitimate body of work. But this is not what professors are referring to when they refer to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;: they are referring to a bureaucratic paper-trial that leads nowhere and whose only purpose seems to be to suppress actual thought.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518979835.mp3" length="137412" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518979835.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The &amp;#039;The Literature&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The odd scholar who actually has original ideas is stymied by censorious references to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;, as in, &amp;#039;your work doesn&amp;#039;t take &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039; into account.&amp;#039; Given any idea, there is a corresponding legitimate body of work. But this is not what professors are referring to when they refer to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;: they are referring to a bureaucratic paper-trial that leads nowhere and whose only purpose seems to be to suppress actual thought.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The &amp;#039;The Literature&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The odd scholar who actually has original ideas is stymied by censorious references to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;, as in, &amp;#039;your work doesn&amp;#039;t take &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039; into account.&amp;#039; Given any idea, there is a corresponding legitimate body of work. But this is not what professors are referring to when they refer to &amp;#039;the literature&amp;#039;: they are referring to a bureaucratic paper-trial that leads nowhere and whose only purpose seems to be to suppress actual thought.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>‘Scholarship’ as a Way of Cloaking Plagiarism by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ‘Scholarship’ as a Way of Cloaking Plagiarism
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eminent professors often become eminent on the basis of papers that are largely plagiarized. These same professors block the publication of papers that don&amp;#039;t consist entirely of recycled material. They do this so that all of the work in their discipline is recycled, and therefore half-plagiarized, so that their own plagiarized material isn&amp;#039;t seen for what it is.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518979811.mp3" length="154821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518979811.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ‘Scholarship’ as a Way of Cloaking Plagiarism
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eminent professors often become eminent on the basis of papers that are largely plagiarized. These same professors block the publication of papers that don&amp;#039;t consist entirely of recycled material. They do this so that all of the work in their discipline is recycled, and therefore half-plagiarized, so that their own plagiarized material isn&amp;#039;t seen for what it is.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ‘Scholarship’ as a Way of Cloaking Plagiarism
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eminent professors often become eminent on the basis of papers that are largely plagiarized. These same professors block the publication of papers that don&amp;#039;t consist entirely of recycled material. They do this so that all of the work in their discipline is recycled, and therefore half-plagiarized, so that their own plagiarized material isn&amp;#039;t seen for what it is.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scholarship Cannot be Subordinated to Department Politics by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scholarship Cannot be Subordinated to Department Politics
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One is either a bureaucrat or a scholar; one cannot be both.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518979798.mp3" length="133708" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518979798.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scholarship Cannot be Subordinated to Department Politics
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One is either a bureaucrat or a scholar; one cannot be both.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Scholarship Cannot be Subordinated to Department Politics
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One is either a bureaucrat or a scholar; one cannot be both.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Kinds of Narrowness by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Narrowness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The excessive division of labor that takes place in defunct disciplines is modeled on, but is actually a mockery of, the division of labor that occurs in the workplace. In the work-place, the division of labor is doing specific things properly. Within a defunct discipline, it is about not doing anything.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974304.mp3" length="280935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974304.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Narrowness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The excessive division of labor that takes place in defunct disciplines is modeled on, but is actually a mockery of, the division of labor that occurs in the workplace. In the work-place, the division of labor is doing specific things properly. Within a defunct discipline, it is about not doing anything.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Narrowness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The excessive division of labor that takes place in defunct disciplines is modeled on, but is actually a mockery of, the division of labor that occurs in the workplace. In the work-place, the division of labor is doing specific things properly. Within a defunct discipline, it is about not doing anything.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The First Rule of Writing: If it’s True, It doesn’t have to be Good by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Rule of Writing: If it’s True, It doesn’t have to be Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If it&amp;#039;s true, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be good. This is the first rule of writing.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974229.mp3" length="145506" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Rule of Writing: If it’s True, It doesn’t have to be Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If it&amp;#039;s true, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be good. This is the first rule of writing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Rule of Writing: If it’s True, It doesn’t have to be Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If it&amp;#039;s true, it doesn&amp;#039;t have to be good. This is the first rule of writing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The People Who Should be the Most Grateful are the Least Grateful by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Who Should be the Most Grateful are the Least Grateful
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The people who should be the most grateful, since there but for other people’s tender mercies go they, are the least grateful, since they cannot admit that there but for other people’s tender mercies go they without admitting that they are themselves frauds and losers—which, of course, they won’t admit.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974182.mp3" length="148348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Who Should be the Most Grateful are the Least Grateful
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The people who should be the most grateful, since there but for other people’s tender mercies go they, are the least grateful, since they cannot admit that there but for other people’s tender mercies go they without admitting that they are themselves frauds and losers—which, of course, they won’t admit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310262</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Who Should be the Most Grateful are the Least Grateful
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The people who should be the most grateful, since there but for other people’s tender mercies go they, are the least grateful, since they cannot admit that there but for other people’s tender mercies go they without admitting that they are themselves frauds and losers—which, of course, they won’t admit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Most People in Jail are Too Incompetent to Make a Living by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Most People in Jail are Too Incompetent to Make a Living
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who go to mail are not people who cannot control their impulses; they are not brimming with uncontrollable primal urges. They are people who are too weak and stupid to make a living.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974168.mp3" length="140970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974168.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Most People in Jail are Too Incompetent to Make a Living
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who go to mail are not people who cannot control their impulses; they are not brimming with uncontrollable primal urges. They are people who are too weak and stupid to make a living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Most People in Jail are Too Incompetent to Make a Living
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people who go to mail are not people who cannot control their impulses; they are not brimming with uncontrollable primal urges. They are people who are too weak and stupid to make a living.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Real Reason We Regard Criminality as Low by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Real Reason We Regard Criminality as Low
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most criminals are not people with irrepressible urges. They are listless drifters--not doers, but people who are done unto. And that is why we hold them in contempt.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974144.mp3" length="147845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Real Reason We Regard Criminality as Low
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most criminals are not people with irrepressible urges. They are listless drifters--not doers, but people who are done unto. And that is why we hold them in contempt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Real Reason We Regard Criminality as Low
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most criminals are not people with irrepressible urges. They are listless drifters--not doers, but people who are done unto. And that is why we hold them in contempt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Difference Between Smart People and Stupid People by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference Between Smart People and Stupid People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Smart people understand things on their own terms. Stupid people understand them only in terms of the corresponding categories.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974120.mp3" length="151505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974120.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference Between Smart People and Stupid People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Smart people understand things on their own terms. Stupid people understand them only in terms of the corresponding categories.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference Between Smart People and Stupid People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Smart people understand things on their own terms. Stupid people understand them only in terms of the corresponding categories.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Panic Attacks Have an Objective Basis by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic Attacks Have an Objective Basis
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People have panic attacks when they are in a situation in which they are actually threatened but where they cannot admit as much without having to forfeit an inflated self-concept.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974083.mp3" length="150724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974083.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic Attacks Have an Objective Basis
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People have panic attacks when they are in a situation in which they are actually threatened but where they cannot admit as much without having to forfeit an inflated self-concept.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Panic Attacks Have an Objective Basis
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People have panic attacks when they are in a situation in which they are actually threatened but where they cannot admit as much without having to forfeit an inflated self-concept.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Psychiatry Can Work by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry Can Work
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
While it is true that more than half of psychiatrists are either morons or radically ill-willed or both, it is not true that psychiatry is an inherently useless branch of medicine. The truth is psychiatry usually works. And it works so long as one very basic condition is met the therapist wants to help the patient.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974069.mp3" length="150830" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry Can Work
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
While it is true that more than half of psychiatrists are either morons or radically ill-willed or both, it is not true that psychiatry is an inherently useless branch of medicine. The truth is psychiatry usually works. And it works so long as one very basic condition is met the therapist wants to help the patient.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry Can Work
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
While it is true that more than half of psychiatrists are either morons or radically ill-willed or both, it is not true that psychiatry is an inherently useless branch of medicine. The truth is psychiatry usually works. And it works so long as one very basic condition is met the therapist wants to help the patient.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Religion vs. Spirituality by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Religion vs. Spirituality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Religion is about doubt; it is about the doubt that the spiritual person has when he is rational enough to question his spirituality but not rational enough to jettison it.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974021.mp3" length="141031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974021.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Religion vs. Spirituality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Religion is about doubt; it is about the doubt that the spiritual person has when he is rational enough to question his spirituality but not rational enough to jettison it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Religion vs. Spirituality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Religion is about doubt; it is about the doubt that the spiritual person has when he is rational enough to question his spirituality but not rational enough to jettison it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lack of Coordination is an Expression of Internal Conflict by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lack of Coordination is an Expression of Internal Conflict
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of coordination is an expression of internal conflict.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518974007.mp3" length="139252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518974007.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lack of Coordination is an Expression of Internal Conflict
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of coordination is an expression of internal conflict.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lack of Coordination is an Expression of Internal Conflict
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of coordination is an expression of internal conflict.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Beat Insomnia by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Beat Insomnia
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some ways of overcoming insomnia are identified.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973987.mp3" length="146694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973987.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Beat Insomnia
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some ways of overcoming insomnia are identified.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Beat Insomnia
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some ways of overcoming insomnia are identified.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Know if You’re a Writer by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Know if You’re a Writer
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Anyone who is honest has something to say and is thus a writer, even if has never have written a word. And no one who is dishonest is a writer, even if he has written volumes.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973963.mp3" length="137337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Know if You’re a Writer
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Anyone who is honest has something to say and is thus a writer, even if has never have written a word. And no one who is dishonest is a writer, even if he has written volumes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Know if You’re a Writer
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Anyone who is honest has something to say and is thus a writer, even if has never have written a word. And no one who is dishonest is a writer, even if he has written volumes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Divorce is Wrong by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Divorce is Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winners don’t quit and quitters don’t win. Divorce is quitting, and that is why divorce is wrong.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973925.mp3" length="285297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973925.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Divorce is Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winners don’t quit and quitters don’t win. Divorce is quitting, and that is why divorce is wrong.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Divorce is Wrong
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winners don’t quit and quitters don’t win. Divorce is quitting, and that is why divorce is wrong.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life as Counter-entropy by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Counter-entropy
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Non-biological systems are entropic systems. Biological systems are counter-entropic systems.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973888.mp3" length="147651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973888.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Counter-entropy
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Non-biological systems are entropic systems. Biological systems are counter-entropic systems.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life as Counter-entropy
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 26, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Non-biological systems are entropic systems. Biological systems are counter-entropic systems.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn Your Weakness into Your Strength by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Your Weakness into Your Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Minor setbacks can and should be turned to one&amp;#039;s advantage.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973864.mp3" length="137448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973864.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Your Weakness into Your Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Minor setbacks can and should be turned to one&amp;#039;s advantage.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn Your Weakness into Your Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Minor setbacks can and should be turned to one&amp;#039;s advantage.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Small Intellects that are So Configured as to be Mistaken for Large Ones by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Small Intellects that are So Configured as to be Mistaken for Large Ones
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a person has a pint-sized intellect that is configured in an institution-friendly way, he will be given credit for intelligence that he simply doesn&amp;#039;t have.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973840.mp3" length="142356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Small Intellects that are So Configured as to be Mistaken for Large Ones
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a person has a pint-sized intellect that is configured in an institution-friendly way, he will be given credit for intelligence that he simply doesn&amp;#039;t have.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310245</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Small Intellects that are So Configured as to be Mistaken for Large Ones
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If a person has a pint-sized intellect that is configured in an institution-friendly way, he will be given credit for intelligence that he simply doesn&amp;#039;t have.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Actual Intelligence vs. Possession of Intelligence-born Cognitive Structures by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Actual Intelligence vs. Possession of Intelligence-born Cognitive Structures
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are people who are no longer intelligent but who are in possession of knowledge or of cognitive skills the acquisition of which required intelligence. Such people are wrongly seen as still being intelligent, when, in actuality, they merely have the vestiges of intelligence.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973802.mp3" length="280729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973802.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Actual Intelligence vs. Possession of Intelligence-born Cognitive Structures
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are people who are no longer intelligent but who are in possession of knowledge or of cognitive skills the acquisition of which required intelligence. Such people are wrongly seen as still being intelligent, when, in actuality, they merely have the vestiges of intelligence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Actual Intelligence vs. Possession of Intelligence-born Cognitive Structures
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are people who are no longer intelligent but who are in possession of knowledge or of cognitive skills the acquisition of which required intelligence. Such people are wrongly seen as still being intelligent, when, in actuality, they merely have the vestiges of intelligence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Truthfulness in Relation to Personal Strength by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Truthfulness in Relation to Personal Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of truthfulness a proclivity to lie and rationalize destroys unity of purpose and therefore destroys purposiveness itself. Therefore, truthfulness is a necessary precondition for unity of purpose and therefore for purposiveness.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973741.mp3" length="144943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973741.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Truthfulness in Relation to Personal Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of truthfulness a proclivity to lie and rationalize destroys unity of purpose and therefore destroys purposiveness itself. Therefore, truthfulness is a necessary precondition for unity of purpose and therefore for purposiveness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Truthfulness in Relation to Personal Strength
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lack of truthfulness a proclivity to lie and rationalize destroys unity of purpose and therefore destroys purposiveness itself. Therefore, truthfulness is a necessary precondition for unity of purpose and therefore for purposiveness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Sign of a Broken Character by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sign of a Broken Character
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who claim that their studies or their work are on hold because of ‘relationship issues’ are bureaucrats and liars.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973703.mp3" length="141035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973703.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sign of a Broken Character
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who claim that their studies or their work are on hold because of ‘relationship issues’ are bureaucrats and liars.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sign of a Broken Character
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who claim that their studies or their work are on hold because of ‘relationship issues’ are bureaucrats and liars.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Benefit of Believing in God by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Benefit of Believing in God
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who believe in God often deal with difficult situations by telling themselves that God is testing them. This belief, false though it is, is enormously adaptive, as people who have it turn adversity into strength.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973680.mp3" length="144829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Benefit of Believing in God
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who believe in God often deal with difficult situations by telling themselves that God is testing them. This belief, false though it is, is enormously adaptive, as people who have it turn adversity into strength.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Benefit of Believing in God
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who believe in God often deal with difficult situations by telling themselves that God is testing them. This belief, false though it is, is enormously adaptive, as people who have it turn adversity into strength.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fetishism as the Sexuality of the Bureaucrat by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fetishism as the Sexuality of the Bureaucrat
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are inside the bedroom what they are outside the bedroom: and people who are bureaucrats outside the bedroom are fetishists inside the bedroom, fetishism being the sexuality of the bureaucrat.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973666.mp3" length="144612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fetishism as the Sexuality of the Bureaucrat
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are inside the bedroom what they are outside the bedroom: and people who are bureaucrats outside the bedroom are fetishists inside the bedroom, fetishism being the sexuality of the bureaucrat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fetishism as the Sexuality of the Bureaucrat
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People are inside the bedroom what they are outside the bedroom: and people who are bureaucrats outside the bedroom are fetishists inside the bedroom, fetishism being the sexuality of the bureaucrat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Aren’t Mafiosos More Nervous than They Actually Are? by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Aren’t Mafiosos More Nervous than They Actually Are?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who deal with threats by attempting to combat them do not respond to threats by being nervous about them. People who respond to threats not by attempting to combat them, but simply by thinking about them, do get nervous about them. Mafiosos fall into the first category; most other people fall into the second.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973642.mp3" length="132349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973642.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Aren’t Mafiosos More Nervous than They Actually Are?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who deal with threats by attempting to combat them do not respond to threats by being nervous about them. People who respond to threats not by attempting to combat them, but simply by thinking about them, do get nervous about them. Mafiosos fall into the first category; most other people fall into the second.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Aren’t Mafiosos More Nervous than They Actually Are?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who deal with threats by attempting to combat them do not respond to threats by being nervous about them. People who respond to threats not by attempting to combat them, but simply by thinking about them, do get nervous about them. Mafiosos fall into the first category; most other people fall into the second.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Kinds of Fear by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s life, and there is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s identity. And the latter fear is often stronger than the former.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973604.mp3" length="133229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973604.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s life, and there is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s identity. And the latter fear is often stronger than the former.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s life, and there is fear of losing one&amp;#039;s identity. And the latter fear is often stronger than the former.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Values as Second-order Intentions by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Values as Second-order Intentions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An intention is a decision to act in a certain way in a given context. A value is an intention to have certain intentions in contexts of a certain kind.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973581.mp3" length="139123" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973581.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Values as Second-order Intentions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An intention is a decision to act in a certain way in a given context. A value is an intention to have certain intentions in contexts of a certain kind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Values as Second-order Intentions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An intention is a decision to act in a certain way in a given context. A value is an intention to have certain intentions in contexts of a certain kind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homelessness and Criminality as Autistic Safe Spaces by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homelessness and Criminality as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Homelessness and criminality are about avoiding engaging with the world, so as to protect one&amp;#039;s inflated ego from reality&amp;#039;s hard knocks.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973543.mp3" length="279448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973543.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homelessness and Criminality as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Homelessness and criminality are about avoiding engaging with the world, so as to protect one&amp;#039;s inflated ego from reality&amp;#039;s hard knocks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homelessness and Criminality as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Homelessness and criminality are about avoiding engaging with the world, so as to protect one&amp;#039;s inflated ego from reality&amp;#039;s hard knocks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Paranoias as Autistic Safe Spaces by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paranoias as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In being paranoid, one is consciously afraid of something that one unconsciously desires; and in many cases, what is unconsciously desired is to remain within the safe confines of an autistic bubble.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973529.mp3" length="145630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973529.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paranoias as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In being paranoid, one is consciously afraid of something that one unconsciously desires; and in many cases, what is unconsciously desired is to remain within the safe confines of an autistic bubble.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Paranoias as Autistic Safe Spaces
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In being paranoid, one is consciously afraid of something that one unconsciously desires; and in many cases, what is unconsciously desired is to remain within the safe confines of an autistic bubble.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is paranoia one of the symptoms of OCD? by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is paranoia one of the symptoms of OCD?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Paranoia is obsessive fear, and obsessive fear is unconscious desire.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973505.mp3" length="150072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is paranoia one of the symptoms of OCD?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Paranoia is obsessive fear, and obsessive fear is unconscious desire.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is paranoia one of the symptoms of OCD?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Paranoia is obsessive fear, and obsessive fear is unconscious desire.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bureaucratic Categories Posing as Psychological Categories by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratic Categories Posing as Psychological Categories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many a psychological theory—especially psychological theories relating to psychopathology, such as Asperger’s and ADHD are really institutional actions being dressed up in psychological garb.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518973482.mp3" length="148320" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518973482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratic Categories Posing as Psychological Categories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many a psychological theory—especially psychological theories relating to psychopathology, such as Asperger’s and ADHD are really institutional actions being dressed up in psychological garb.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/310227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bureaucratic Categories Posing as Psychological Categories
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 24, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many a psychological theory—especially psychological theories relating to psychopathology, such as Asperger’s and ADHD are really institutional actions being dressed up in psychological garb.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Develop Your Assertiveness by Sue Bishop</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Develop Your Assertiveness
Author: Sue Bishop
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Develop Your Assertiveness offers simple techniques that will help you become more aware of your strengths and weaknesses, so that you can learn how best to modify your behaviour in social and business interactions. Being more confident and learning how best to communicate with your colleagues will enable you to create win-win situations, thus improving your career prospects and enhancing your social life. Packed with examples and exercises, this essential guide covers topics such as: - the importance of choice of behaviour - tension control - self awareness and self-esteem - relationships - making and refusing requests - dealing with problem people - tricky situations - assertiveness online. Exercises and activities in Develop your Assertiveness enable you to measure your progress and reach your goals.</description>
      <author>Sue Bishop</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781543638929.mp3" length="759736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781543638929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Develop Your Assertiveness
Author: Sue Bishop
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Develop Your Assertiveness offers simple techniques that will help you become more aware of your strengths and weaknesses, so that you can learn how best to modify your behaviour in social and business interactions. Being more confident and learning how best to communicate with your colleagues will enable you to create win-win situations, thus improving your career prospects and enhancing your social life. Packed with examples and exercises, this essential guide covers topics such as: - the importance of choice of behaviour - tension control - self awareness and self-esteem - relationships - making and refusing requests - dealing with problem people - tricky situations - assertiveness online. Exercises and activities in Develop your Assertiveness enable you to measure your progress and reach your goals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Develop Your Assertiveness
Author: Sue Bishop
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Develop Your Assertiveness offers simple techniques that will help you become more aware of your strengths and weaknesses, so that you can learn how best to modify your behaviour in social and business interactions. Being more confident and learning how best to communicate with your colleagues will enable you to create win-win situations, thus improving your career prospects and enhancing your social life. Packed with examples and exercises, this essential guide covers topics such as: - the importance of choice of behaviour - tension control - self awareness and self-esteem - relationships - making and refusing requests - dealing with problem people - tricky situations - assertiveness online. Exercises and activities in Develop your Assertiveness enable you to measure your progress and reach your goals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading with the Heart: Coach K’s Successful Strategies for Basketball, Business, and Life by Donald T. Phillips, Mike Kryzewski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading with the Heart: Coach K’s Successful Strategies for Basketball, Business, and Life
Author: Donald T. Phillips, Mike Kryzewski
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball.Duke University&amp;#039;s head basketball coach Mike Krzyzewski has proved himself a leader both on and off the court. He&amp;#039;s led the Duke Blue Devils to five straight Final Four appearances, culminating in back-to-back championships in 1991 and &amp;#039;92. He has received five National Coach of the Year Awards—and many of the players he coached in college have gone on to NBA stardom! Now Coach K offers the insights he uses to coax peak performances from his team, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army, sportsmanship, respect, and a genuine gift for leading with the heart.</description>
      <author>Donald T. Phillips, Mike Kryzewski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jun 2016 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781490645490.mp3" length="1396597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781490645490.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading with the Heart: Coach K’s Successful Strategies for Basketball, Business, and Life
Author: Donald T. Phillips, Mike Kryzewski
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball.Duke University&amp;#039;s head basketball coach Mike Krzyzewski has proved himself a leader both on and off the court. He&amp;#039;s led the Duke Blue Devils to five straight Final Four appearances, culminating in back-to-back championships in 1991 and &amp;#039;92. He has received five National Coach of the Year Awards—and many of the players he coached in college have gone on to NBA stardom! Now Coach K offers the insights he uses to coax peak performances from his team, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army, sportsmanship, respect, and a genuine gift for leading with the heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading with the Heart: Coach K’s Successful Strategies for Basketball, Business, and Life
Author: Donald T. Phillips, Mike Kryzewski
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2016
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball.Duke University&amp;#039;s head basketball coach Mike Krzyzewski has proved himself a leader both on and off the court. He&amp;#039;s led the Duke Blue Devils to five straight Final Four appearances, culminating in back-to-back championships in 1991 and &amp;#039;92. He has received five National Coach of the Year Awards—and many of the players he coached in college have gone on to NBA stardom! Now Coach K offers the insights he uses to coax peak performances from his team, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the U.S. Army, sportsmanship, respect, and a genuine gift for leading with the heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taken by Rosie Lewis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taken
Author: Rosie Lewis
Narrator: Madeline Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Experienced foster carer, Rosie Lewis, takes on the heart-breaking case of Megan, a baby born with a drug addiction and a cleft palate.           Addicted to drugs from birth because of her mother’s substance abuse during pregnancy, new-born Megan is taken into Rosie’s loving care. Rosie is supposed to help Megan find her new permanent home, but it turns out that Megan has already found her ‘forever mummy’ in Rosie.           Rosie grows incredibly attached to Megan and applies to adopt her, but the system refuses her in favour of a young couple and Rosie is devastated. Against all her instincts, Rosie does her job and prepares Megan for her new ‘forever family’, but everything about Megan leaving feels wrong.           When Rosie learns a few months later that Megan’s adoption has broken down, she is saddened but also filled with hope – will this little girl be allowed to return to her true ‘forever home’?</description>
      <author>Rosie Lewis</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008113032.mp3" length="1361028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008113032.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taken
Author: Rosie Lewis
Narrator: Madeline Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Experienced foster carer, Rosie Lewis, takes on the heart-breaking case of Megan, a baby born with a drug addiction and a cleft palate.           Addicted to drugs from birth because of her mother’s substance abuse during pregnancy, new-born Megan is taken into Rosie’s loving care. Rosie is supposed to help Megan find her new permanent home, but it turns out that Megan has already found her ‘forever mummy’ in Rosie.           Rosie grows incredibly attached to Megan and applies to adopt her, but the system refuses her in favour of a young couple and Rosie is devastated. Against all her instincts, Rosie does her job and prepares Megan for her new ‘forever family’, but everything about Megan leaving feels wrong.           When Rosie learns a few months later that Megan’s adoption has broken down, she is saddened but also filled with hope – will this little girl be allowed to return to her true ‘forever home’?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taken
Author: Rosie Lewis
Narrator: Madeline Gould
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Experienced foster carer, Rosie Lewis, takes on the heart-breaking case of Megan, a baby born with a drug addiction and a cleft palate.           Addicted to drugs from birth because of her mother’s substance abuse during pregnancy, new-born Megan is taken into Rosie’s loving care. Rosie is supposed to help Megan find her new permanent home, but it turns out that Megan has already found her ‘forever mummy’ in Rosie.           Rosie grows incredibly attached to Megan and applies to adopt her, but the system refuses her in favour of a young couple and Rosie is devastated. Against all her instincts, Rosie does her job and prepares Megan for her new ‘forever family’, but everything about Megan leaving feels wrong.           When Rosie learns a few months later that Megan’s adoption has broken down, she is saddened but also filled with hope – will this little girl be allowed to return to her true ‘forever home’?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Healthy Living Audiobook: Simple, Everyday Habits for Your Body, Mind and Spirit by Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Healthy Living Audiobook: Simple, Everyday Habits for Your Body, Mind and Spirit
Author: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Narrator: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple, Everyday Ways to Lifelong Health for Your Body, Mind, and Spirit These days we are living longer than ever, yet we&amp;#039;re more run down, anxious, overweight, exhausted, stressed out, depressed, and all-around more unwell than ever before. The quantity of the days we live is up, but the quality of those days is down. Way down. What if there were a simple, everyday way to change this? What if a healthy life were easily within your grasp--body, mind, and spirit? The good news is that it is! Going beyond over-hyped diets and complicated exercise routines, spiritual wellness expert and certified nutritional counselor Laura Harris Smith distills the essence of a healthy life into one simple, practical idea: change your habits, change your life. By showing that a truly healthy life is more than physical--it&amp;#039;s mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual--Smith gives you easy, everyday ways not only to live well, but to live better, in every area of life. Accessible, practical, and grounded in real life, The Healthy Living Handbook is not a major lifestyle overhaul; it&amp;#039;s just full of simple course corrections that will bring you the peace, rest, energy, connection, and clarity you&amp;#039;ve longed for. When you live from a place of true health, you will love more deeply, engage more fully, and participate with others more wholeheartedly.</description>
      <author>Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781683669883.mp3" length="1626067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781683669883.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Healthy Living Audiobook: Simple, Everyday Habits for Your Body, Mind and Spirit
Author: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Narrator: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple, Everyday Ways to Lifelong Health for Your Body, Mind, and Spirit These days we are living longer than ever, yet we&amp;#039;re more run down, anxious, overweight, exhausted, stressed out, depressed, and all-around more unwell than ever before. The quantity of the days we live is up, but the quality of those days is down. Way down. What if there were a simple, everyday way to change this? What if a healthy life were easily within your grasp--body, mind, and spirit? The good news is that it is! Going beyond over-hyped diets and complicated exercise routines, spiritual wellness expert and certified nutritional counselor Laura Harris Smith distills the essence of a healthy life into one simple, practical idea: change your habits, change your life. By showing that a truly healthy life is more than physical--it&amp;#039;s mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual--Smith gives you easy, everyday ways not only to live well, but to live better, in every area of life. Accessible, practical, and grounded in real life, The Healthy Living Handbook is not a major lifestyle overhaul; it&amp;#039;s just full of simple course corrections that will bring you the peace, rest, energy, connection, and clarity you&amp;#039;ve longed for. When you live from a place of true health, you will love more deeply, engage more fully, and participate with others more wholeheartedly.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Healthy Living Audiobook: Simple, Everyday Habits for Your Body, Mind and Spirit
Author: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Narrator: Laura Harris Smith C.N.C. B.S.O.M.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Simple, Everyday Ways to Lifelong Health for Your Body, Mind, and Spirit These days we are living longer than ever, yet we&amp;#039;re more run down, anxious, overweight, exhausted, stressed out, depressed, and all-around more unwell than ever before. The quantity of the days we live is up, but the quality of those days is down. Way down. What if there were a simple, everyday way to change this? What if a healthy life were easily within your grasp--body, mind, and spirit? The good news is that it is! Going beyond over-hyped diets and complicated exercise routines, spiritual wellness expert and certified nutritional counselor Laura Harris Smith distills the essence of a healthy life into one simple, practical idea: change your habits, change your life. By showing that a truly healthy life is more than physical--it&amp;#039;s mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual--Smith gives you easy, everyday ways not only to live well, but to live better, in every area of life. Accessible, practical, and grounded in real life, The Healthy Living Handbook is not a major lifestyle overhaul; it&amp;#039;s just full of simple course corrections that will bring you the peace, rest, energy, connection, and clarity you&amp;#039;ve longed for. When you live from a place of true health, you will love more deeply, engage more fully, and participate with others more wholeheartedly.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enigma of Reason by Dan Sperber, Hugo Mercier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enigma of Reason
Author: Dan Sperber, Hugo Mercier
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reason, we are told, is what makes us human, the source of our knowledge and wisdom. If reason is so useful, why didn&amp;#039;t it also evolve in other animals? If reason is that reliable, why do we produce so much thoroughly reasoned nonsense? In their groundbreaking account of the evolution and workings of reason, Hugo Mercier and Dan Sperber set out to solve this double enigma. Reason, they argue with a compelling mix of real-life and experimental evidence, is not geared to solitary use, to arriving at better beliefs and decisions on our own. What reason does, rather, is help us justify our beliefs and actions to others, convince them through argumentation, and evaluate the justifications and arguments that others address to us. In other words, reason helps humans better exploit their uniquely rich social environment. This interactionist interpretation explains why reason may have evolved and how it fits with other cognitive mechanisms. It makes sense of strengths and weaknesses that have long puzzled philosophers and psychologists—why reason is biased in favor of what we already believe, why it may lead to terrible ideas and yet is indispensable to spreading good ones.</description>
      <author>Dan Sperber, Hugo Mercier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541486218.mp3" length="7228664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541486218.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enigma of Reason
Author: Dan Sperber, Hugo Mercier
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reason, we are told, is what makes us human, the source of our knowledge and wisdom. If reason is so useful, why didn&amp;#039;t it also evolve in other animals? If reason is that reliable, why do we produce so much thoroughly reasoned nonsense? In their groundbreaking account of the evolution and workings of reason, Hugo Mercier and Dan Sperber set out to solve this double enigma. Reason, they argue with a compelling mix of real-life and experimental evidence, is not geared to solitary use, to arriving at better beliefs and decisions on our own. What reason does, rather, is help us justify our beliefs and actions to others, convince them through argumentation, and evaluate the justifications and arguments that others address to us. In other words, reason helps humans better exploit their uniquely rich social environment. This interactionist interpretation explains why reason may have evolved and how it fits with other cognitive mechanisms. It makes sense of strengths and weaknesses that have long puzzled philosophers and psychologists—why reason is biased in favor of what we already believe, why it may lead to terrible ideas and yet is indispensable to spreading good ones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enigma of Reason
Author: Dan Sperber, Hugo Mercier
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reason, we are told, is what makes us human, the source of our knowledge and wisdom. If reason is so useful, why didn&amp;#039;t it also evolve in other animals? If reason is that reliable, why do we produce so much thoroughly reasoned nonsense? In their groundbreaking account of the evolution and workings of reason, Hugo Mercier and Dan Sperber set out to solve this double enigma. Reason, they argue with a compelling mix of real-life and experimental evidence, is not geared to solitary use, to arriving at better beliefs and decisions on our own. What reason does, rather, is help us justify our beliefs and actions to others, convince them through argumentation, and evaluate the justifications and arguments that others address to us. In other words, reason helps humans better exploit their uniquely rich social environment. This interactionist interpretation explains why reason may have evolved and how it fits with other cognitive mechanisms. It makes sense of strengths and weaknesses that have long puzzled philosophers and psychologists—why reason is biased in favor of what we already believe, why it may lead to terrible ideas and yet is indispensable to spreading good ones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Against Depression by Peter D. Kramer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Depression
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: Peter D. Kramer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2005
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his landmark bestseller Listening to Prozac, Peter Kramer revolutionized the way we think about antidepressants and the culture in which they are so widely used. Now Kramer offers a frank and unflinching look at the condition those medications treat: depression. Definitively refuting our notions of &amp;#039;heroic melancholy,&amp;#039; he walks readers through groundbreaking new research—studies that confirm depression&amp;#039;s status as a devastating disease and suggest pathways toward resilience. Thought-provoking and enlightening, Against Depression provides a bold revision of our understanding of mood disorder and promises hope to the millions who suffer from it.</description>
      <author>Peter D. Kramer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2005 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780786553471.mp3" length="2946440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780786553471.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Depression
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: Peter D. Kramer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2005
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his landmark bestseller Listening to Prozac, Peter Kramer revolutionized the way we think about antidepressants and the culture in which they are so widely used. Now Kramer offers a frank and unflinching look at the condition those medications treat: depression. Definitively refuting our notions of &amp;#039;heroic melancholy,&amp;#039; he walks readers through groundbreaking new research—studies that confirm depression&amp;#039;s status as a devastating disease and suggest pathways toward resilience. Thought-provoking and enlightening, Against Depression provides a bold revision of our understanding of mood disorder and promises hope to the millions who suffer from it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against Depression
Author: Peter D. Kramer
Narrator: Peter D. Kramer
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2005
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his landmark bestseller Listening to Prozac, Peter Kramer revolutionized the way we think about antidepressants and the culture in which they are so widely used. Now Kramer offers a frank and unflinching look at the condition those medications treat: depression. Definitively refuting our notions of &amp;#039;heroic melancholy,&amp;#039; he walks readers through groundbreaking new research—studies that confirm depression&amp;#039;s status as a devastating disease and suggest pathways toward resilience. Thought-provoking and enlightening, Against Depression provides a bold revision of our understanding of mood disorder and promises hope to the millions who suffer from it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bilingual Observations : October 14, 2017 by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations : October 14, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: 2017, Bilingual Observations : October 14
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychological observations with Spanish subtitles.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970214.mp3" length="137094" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970214.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations : October 14, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: 2017, Bilingual Observations : October 14
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychological observations with Spanish subtitles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations : October 14, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: 2017, Bilingual Observations : October 14
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychological observations with Spanish subtitles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bilingual Observations: October 22, 2017 by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations: October 22, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Original observations with Spanish subtitles.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970191.mp3" length="141141" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations: October 22, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Original observations with Spanish subtitles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bilingual Observations: October 22, 2017
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Original observations with Spanish subtitles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Many Laws by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Many Laws
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Laws protect, but they also confine. And they are starting to do more in the way of confining than in the way of protecting.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970177.mp3" length="142986" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Many Laws
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Laws protect, but they also confine. And they are starting to do more in the way of confining than in the way of protecting.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Many Laws
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Laws protect, but they also confine. And they are starting to do more in the way of confining than in the way of protecting.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The War on Drugs by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War on Drugs
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short dialogue about the War on Drugs.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970153.mp3" length="133297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970153.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War on Drugs
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short dialogue about the War on Drugs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War on Drugs
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short dialogue about the War on Drugs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Censorship : A Dialogue by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Censorship : A Dialogue
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970139.mp3" length="131449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Censorship : A Dialogue
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Censorship : A Dialogue
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sarcasm by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sarcasm
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A brief discussion of the nature and social function of sarcasm.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970115.mp3" length="140040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sarcasm
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A brief discussion of the nature and social function of sarcasm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sarcasm
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A brief discussion of the nature and social function of sarcasm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Two-sidedness of Emotions by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Two-sidedness of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two sides to any given emotion: an outward-facing side and an inward-facing side. The emotion is partly about some externality. But the emotion also reflects your beliefs as to how, if at all, you can deal with the situation in question, should it materialize, and also with your degree of willingness to make the necessary adaptations.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970092.mp3" length="146232" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Two-sidedness of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two sides to any given emotion: an outward-facing side and an inward-facing side. The emotion is partly about some externality. But the emotion also reflects your beliefs as to how, if at all, you can deal with the situation in question, should it materialize, and also with your degree of willingness to make the necessary adaptations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Two-sidedness of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two sides to any given emotion: an outward-facing side and an inward-facing side. The emotion is partly about some externality. But the emotion also reflects your beliefs as to how, if at all, you can deal with the situation in question, should it materialize, and also with your degree of willingness to make the necessary adaptations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Ways to Respond to Fear by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways to Respond to Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Threats can either eat one alive or they can spur one on to constructive action.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970078.mp3" length="136088" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970078.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways to Respond to Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Threats can either eat one alive or they can spur one on to constructive action.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways to Respond to Fear
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Threats can either eat one alive or they can spur one on to constructive action.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear-based Morality is Immorality by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear-based Morality is Immorality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two kinds of moral systems. There are those that embody sincere beliefs as to how to optimize the human condition. And there are those that embody craven fear of, along with a desire to manipulate, one&amp;#039;s fellow mortals. Virtue theory is an example of the first kind of moral system; utilitarianism is an example of the second.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518970054.mp3" length="277949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518970054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear-based Morality is Immorality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two kinds of moral systems. There are those that embody sincere beliefs as to how to optimize the human condition. And there are those that embody craven fear of, along with a desire to manipulate, one&amp;#039;s fellow mortals. Virtue theory is an example of the first kind of moral system; utilitarianism is an example of the second.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309450</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear-based Morality is Immorality
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two kinds of moral systems. There are those that embody sincere beliefs as to how to optimize the human condition. And there are those that embody craven fear of, along with a desire to manipulate, one&amp;#039;s fellow mortals. Virtue theory is an example of the first kind of moral system; utilitarianism is an example of the second.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suspension of Neurotic Agency as a Precondition for Actual Agency by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suspension of Neurotic Agency as a Precondition for Actual Agency
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
True agency is about drawing strength from outside forces. Neurotic agency is about fighting outside forces and thus depleting one’s strength.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518969997.mp3" length="144164" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518969997.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suspension of Neurotic Agency as a Precondition for Actual Agency
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
True agency is about drawing strength from outside forces. Neurotic agency is about fighting outside forces and thus depleting one’s strength.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suspension of Neurotic Agency as a Precondition for Actual Agency
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
True agency is about drawing strength from outside forces. Neurotic agency is about fighting outside forces and thus depleting one’s strength.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Half-belief Leads to Half-action by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half-belief Leads to Half-action
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dishonesty with oneself makes one unable to act. Honesty with oneself makes one able to act.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518969973.mp3" length="276296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518969973.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half-belief Leads to Half-action
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dishonesty with oneself makes one unable to act. Honesty with oneself makes one able to act.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Half-belief Leads to Half-action
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dishonesty with oneself makes one unable to act. Honesty with oneself makes one able to act.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ambiguity-intolerance in Relation to Displaced Doubt by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ambiguity-intolerance in Relation to Displaced Doubt
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-determination is a prerequisite for freedom from fear. But self-determination is difficult, and for this reason people prefer a life that is easy but riddled with worry to one that is free of fear.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518969652.mp3" length="273346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518969652.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ambiguity-intolerance in Relation to Displaced Doubt
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-determination is a prerequisite for freedom from fear. But self-determination is difficult, and for this reason people prefer a life that is easy but riddled with worry to one that is free of fear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ambiguity-intolerance in Relation to Displaced Doubt
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-determination is a prerequisite for freedom from fear. But self-determination is difficult, and for this reason people prefer a life that is easy but riddled with worry to one that is free of fear.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 1 by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 1
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with OCD do whatever they can to avoid engaging the world. And by polarizing--that is, by representing things in extreme terms (&amp;#039;if I don&amp;#039;t get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;m doomed&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;If I do get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;ve got it made&amp;#039;) one is so representing the world as to minimize the extent to which one either can or should engage it.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518969430.mp3" length="141623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518969430.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 1
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with OCD do whatever they can to avoid engaging the world. And by polarizing--that is, by representing things in extreme terms (&amp;#039;if I don&amp;#039;t get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;m doomed&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;If I do get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;ve got it made&amp;#039;) one is so representing the world as to minimize the extent to which one either can or should engage it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 1
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People with OCD do whatever they can to avoid engaging the world. And by polarizing--that is, by representing things in extreme terms (&amp;#039;if I don&amp;#039;t get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;m doomed&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;If I do get into Harvard, I&amp;#039;ve got it made&amp;#039;) one is so representing the world as to minimize the extent to which one either can or should engage it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 2 by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The obsessive compulsive cannot tolerate ambiguity, this being of the reasons he polarizes. But this fact, it is shown, is a consequence of the fact that the obsessive-compulsive wishes to avoid engaging the world.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968983.mp3" length="141672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968983.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The obsessive compulsive cannot tolerate ambiguity, this being of the reasons he polarizes. But this fact, it is shown, is a consequence of the fact that the obsessive-compulsive wishes to avoid engaging the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People with OCD Polarize : Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The obsessive compulsive cannot tolerate ambiguity, this being of the reasons he polarizes. But this fact, it is shown, is a consequence of the fact that the obsessive-compulsive wishes to avoid engaging the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is a Serial Killer? by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is a Serial Killer?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A serial killer is somebody who feels alive—and who truly is alive—only when he is killing.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975875.mp3" length="151291" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975875.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is a Serial Killer?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A serial killer is somebody who feels alive—and who truly is alive—only when he is killing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What is a Serial Killer?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A serial killer is somebody who feels alive—and who truly is alive—only when he is killing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Honesty in Relation to Personal Growth by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honesty in Relation to Personal Growth
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usually, if one tells lies, one becomes a lie. And usually, therefore, it is not the person that is using the lie, but the lie that is using the person, the person having become a mere vehicle for a larger deception.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975851.mp3" length="159615" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975851.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honesty in Relation to Personal Growth
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usually, if one tells lies, one becomes a lie. And usually, therefore, it is not the person that is using the lie, but the lie that is using the person, the person having become a mere vehicle for a larger deception.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honesty in Relation to Personal Growth
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usually, if one tells lies, one becomes a lie. And usually, therefore, it is not the person that is using the lie, but the lie that is using the person, the person having become a mere vehicle for a larger deception.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Criminality is Corruptness that Cannot be Rationalized: And Corruptness is Criminality that Can be Rationalized by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Criminality is Corruptness that Cannot be Rationalized: And Corruptness is Criminality that Can be Rationalized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The degree to which we regard acts as reprehensible has to do not so much with the extent to which those acts do damage or even to the extent to which they embody ill will, but with the degree—or lack thereof, rather to which they can be rationalized</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975837.mp3" length="157808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975837.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Criminality is Corruptness that Cannot be Rationalized: And Corruptness is Criminality that Can be Rationalized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The degree to which we regard acts as reprehensible has to do not so much with the extent to which those acts do damage or even to the extent to which they embody ill will, but with the degree—or lack thereof, rather to which they can be rationalized</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Criminality is Corruptness that Cannot be Rationalized: And Corruptness is Criminality that Can be Rationalized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The degree to which we regard acts as reprehensible has to do not so much with the extent to which those acts do damage or even to the extent to which they embody ill will, but with the degree—or lack thereof, rather to which they can be rationalized</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>People Do Not Compartmentalize as Much as They Think They Do by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Do Not Compartmentalize as Much as They Think They Do
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The character-traits and behavior-patterns that people adopt in an attempt to contain their badness themselves become outlets for their badness.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975813.mp3" length="150547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975813.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Do Not Compartmentalize as Much as They Think They Do
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The character-traits and behavior-patterns that people adopt in an attempt to contain their badness themselves become outlets for their badness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Do Not Compartmentalize as Much as They Think They Do
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The character-traits and behavior-patterns that people adopt in an attempt to contain their badness themselves become outlets for their badness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Honest People Look Straight Ahead by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honest People Look Straight Ahead
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Honest people look straight ahead, whereas sneaky people look side to side. In this audio, it is explained why this is so.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975790.mp3" length="149693" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honest People Look Straight Ahead
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Honest people look straight ahead, whereas sneaky people look side to side. In this audio, it is explained why this is so.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honest People Look Straight Ahead
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Honest people look straight ahead, whereas sneaky people look side to side. In this audio, it is explained why this is so.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Men Text vs. Why Women Text by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Men Text vs. Why Women Text
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When women text, it is to connect. When men text, it is to escape.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975776.mp3" length="158273" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975776.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Men Text vs. Why Women Text
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When women text, it is to connect. When men text, it is to escape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Men Text vs. Why Women Text
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When women text, it is to connect. When men text, it is to escape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good News for Writers Who Don’t have Time to Write by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News for Writers Who Don’t have Time to Write
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why having little time to write may improve one&amp;#039;s writing.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975752.mp3" length="156859" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News for Writers Who Don’t have Time to Write
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why having little time to write may improve one&amp;#039;s writing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News for Writers Who Don’t have Time to Write
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why having little time to write may improve one&amp;#039;s writing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thinking at the Margins by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thinking at the Margins
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas that we dismiss as insignificant tend to prove significant, and ideas that strike us as significant tend to prove insignificant. In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975738.mp3" length="141881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975738.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thinking at the Margins
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas that we dismiss as insignificant tend to prove significant, and ideas that strike us as significant tend to prove insignificant. In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thinking at the Margins
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: November  4, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ideas that we dismiss as insignificant tend to prove significant, and ideas that strike us as significant tend to prove insignificant. In this paper, it is explained why this is so.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Functional vs. Structural Delusiveness by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Functional vs. Structural Delusiveness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why OCD is a neurosis, not a psychosis, despite the fact that the obsessive-compulsive&amp;#039;s conception of reality may sometimes be quite as skewed as the psychotic&amp;#039;s.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975677.mp3" length="286489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975677.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Functional vs. Structural Delusiveness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why OCD is a neurosis, not a psychosis, despite the fact that the obsessive-compulsive&amp;#039;s conception of reality may sometimes be quite as skewed as the psychotic&amp;#039;s.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Functional vs. Structural Delusiveness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is explained why OCD is a neurosis, not a psychosis, despite the fact that the obsessive-compulsive&amp;#039;s conception of reality may sometimes be quite as skewed as the psychotic&amp;#039;s.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Ways that a Profession Can be Psychopathized by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways that a Profession Can be Psychopathized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some professions (e.g. finance, insurance) tend to draw psychopaths into their ranks but are not inherently psychopathic and have little or no tendency to become psychopathic.. Other professions (e.g. academia, show-business, politics) not only draw psychopaths into their ranks, but are either inherently psychopathic or inherently disposed to become psychopathic. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975554.mp3" length="142854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975554.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways that a Profession Can be Psychopathized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some professions (e.g. finance, insurance) tend to draw psychopaths into their ranks but are not inherently psychopathic and have little or no tendency to become psychopathic.. Other professions (e.g. academia, show-business, politics) not only draw psychopaths into their ranks, but are either inherently psychopathic or inherently disposed to become psychopathic. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Ways that a Profession Can be Psychopathized
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Some professions (e.g. finance, insurance) tend to draw psychopaths into their ranks but are not inherently psychopathic and have little or no tendency to become psychopathic.. Other professions (e.g. academia, show-business, politics) not only draw psychopaths into their ranks, but are either inherently psychopathic or inherently disposed to become psychopathic. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Psychopathy in Relation to the Insurance Industry by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychopathy in Relation to the Insurance Industry
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Insurance agents are confidence-men--con men--and that is what psychopaths are; and that is why psychopaths are drawn to the insurance industry, which is the insurance industry is so tightly regulated.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975530.mp3" length="142455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975530.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychopathy in Relation to the Insurance Industry
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Insurance agents are confidence-men--con men--and that is what psychopaths are; and that is why psychopaths are drawn to the insurance industry, which is the insurance industry is so tightly regulated.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychopathy in Relation to the Insurance Industry
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Insurance agents are confidence-men--con men--and that is what psychopaths are; and that is why psychopaths are drawn to the insurance industry, which is the insurance industry is so tightly regulated.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Dialogue about Censorship: Part 2 by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dialogue about Censorship: Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975516.mp3" length="130822" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975516.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dialogue about Censorship: Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Dialogue about Censorship: Part 2
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A dialogue about censorship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Real Content vs. Para-content by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Content vs. Para-content
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most professors are bureaucrats in disguise, and there is no real content to the work they produce, only recycled para-content.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975493.mp3" length="150474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975493.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Content vs. Para-content
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most professors are bureaucrats in disguise, and there is no real content to the work they produce, only recycled para-content.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Real Content vs. Para-content
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most professors are bureaucrats in disguise, and there is no real content to the work they produce, only recycled para-content.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neurotic Punctilios Posing as Canons of Logical Rigor by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurotic Punctilios Posing as Canons of Logical Rigor
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of the so-called &amp;#039;canons of rigor&amp;#039; that are applied to scholarly work are really artificial bureaucratic stumbling blocks that have nothing to do with intellectual rigor; and when people actually internalize these bureaucratic protocols, they assume the form of neurotic compulsions that do nothing but sterilize one&amp;#039;s intellectual work-product.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975455.mp3" length="146685" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975455.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurotic Punctilios Posing as Canons of Logical Rigor
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of the so-called &amp;#039;canons of rigor&amp;#039; that are applied to scholarly work are really artificial bureaucratic stumbling blocks that have nothing to do with intellectual rigor; and when people actually internalize these bureaucratic protocols, they assume the form of neurotic compulsions that do nothing but sterilize one&amp;#039;s intellectual work-product.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurotic Punctilios Posing as Canons of Logical Rigor
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of the so-called &amp;#039;canons of rigor&amp;#039; that are applied to scholarly work are really artificial bureaucratic stumbling blocks that have nothing to do with intellectual rigor; and when people actually internalize these bureaucratic protocols, they assume the form of neurotic compulsions that do nothing but sterilize one&amp;#039;s intellectual work-product.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Professors are Getting Dumber by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professors are Getting Dumber
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It used to be that people became professors because they had something to say. Now professors, especially in the social sciences and humanities, are basically people who don’t want to nine-to-five it and who, if they had to nine-to-five it, wouldn’t be able to hack it.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975431.mp3" length="139101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professors are Getting Dumber
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It used to be that people became professors because they had something to say. Now professors, especially in the social sciences and humanities, are basically people who don’t want to nine-to-five it and who, if they had to nine-to-five it, wouldn’t be able to hack it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professors are Getting Dumber
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
It used to be that people became professors because they had something to say. Now professors, especially in the social sciences and humanities, are basically people who don’t want to nine-to-five it and who, if they had to nine-to-five it, wouldn’t be able to hack it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future Belongs to the One Paragraph Book by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future Belongs to the One Paragraph Book
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instead of writing a book or article, which contains at most one paragraph’s worth of actual content, why not just write that one paragraph?</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975394.mp3" length="140652" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975394.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future Belongs to the One Paragraph Book
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instead of writing a book or article, which contains at most one paragraph’s worth of actual content, why not just write that one paragraph?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future Belongs to the One Paragraph Book
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instead of writing a book or article, which contains at most one paragraph’s worth of actual content, why not just write that one paragraph?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Religion is Good by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Religion is Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who have religion believe that there is a standard of truth and goodness that is above and beyond the opinion of their fellow mortals. This gives them strength and clarity.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975370.mp3" length="147855" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Religion is Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who have religion believe that there is a standard of truth and goodness that is above and beyond the opinion of their fellow mortals. This gives them strength and clarity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Religion is Good
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who have religion believe that there is a standard of truth and goodness that is above and beyond the opinion of their fellow mortals. This gives them strength and clarity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Have Contempt for Fat People by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Have Contempt for Fat People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fat people are fat because they see no point in going that extra mile. And that is why people rightly see them as a bad investment.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975356.mp3" length="138368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975356.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Have Contempt for Fat People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fat people are fat because they see no point in going that extra mile. And that is why people rightly see them as a bad investment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309247</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Have Contempt for Fat People
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fat people are fat because they see no point in going that extra mile. And that is why people rightly see them as a bad investment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Levels of Fatness by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Levels of Fatness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Degree of fatness tends to be inversely proportional to degree of agency.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975332.mp3" length="127943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975332.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Levels of Fatness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Degree of fatness tends to be inversely proportional to degree of agency.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Levels of Fatness
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 29, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Degree of fatness tends to be inversely proportional to degree of agency.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Kinds of Uncertainty by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Uncertainty
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two very different kinds of uncertainty; there is what we might call ‘objective’ uncertainty uncertainty about the reality of some state of affairs or event. And there is ‘subjective’ uncertainty—uncertainty about one’s ability or willingness to make the changes demanded to oneself by some objective state of affairs.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975295.mp3" length="146513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Uncertainty
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two very different kinds of uncertainty; there is what we might call ‘objective’ uncertainty uncertainty about the reality of some state of affairs or event. And there is ‘subjective’ uncertainty—uncertainty about one’s ability or willingness to make the changes demanded to oneself by some objective state of affairs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Uncertainty
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are two very different kinds of uncertainty; there is what we might call ‘objective’ uncertainty uncertainty about the reality of some state of affairs or event. And there is ‘subjective’ uncertainty—uncertainty about one’s ability or willingness to make the changes demanded to oneself by some objective state of affairs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Kinds of Rigidity by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Rigidity
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In some cases, rigidity is about unresponsiveness to data; and in other cases, it is about responding to data in two opposing ways.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518975271.mp3" length="150120" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518975271.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Rigidity
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In some cases, rigidity is about unresponsiveness to data; and in other cases, it is about responding to data in two opposing ways.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Two Kinds of Rigidity
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In some cases, rigidity is about unresponsiveness to data; and in other cases, it is about responding to data in two opposing ways.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less by Alex Soojung-Kim Pang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less
Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sit back and relax and learn about why overworking and under resting can be harmful to yourself and your career. &amp;#039;Rest is such a valuable book. If work is our national religion, Pang is the philosopher reintegrating our bifurcated selves.&amp;#039; Arianna Huffington, New York Times Book Review Overwork is the new normal. Rest is something to do when the important things are done-but they are never done. Looking at different forms of rest, from sleep to vacation, Silicon Valley futurist and business consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang dispels the myth that the harder we work the better the outcome. He combines rigorous scientific research with a rich array of examples of writers, painters, and thinkers from Darwin to Stephen King to challenge our tendency to see work and relaxation as antithetical. &amp;#039;Deliberate rest,&amp;#039; as Pang calls it, is the true key to productivity, and will give us more energy, sharper ideas, and a better life. Rest offers a roadmap to rediscovering the importance of rest in our lives, and a convincing argument that we need to relax more if we actually want to get more done.</description>
      <author>Alex Soojung-Kim Pang</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478988762.mp3" length="897998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478988762.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less
Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sit back and relax and learn about why overworking and under resting can be harmful to yourself and your career. &amp;#039;Rest is such a valuable book. If work is our national religion, Pang is the philosopher reintegrating our bifurcated selves.&amp;#039; Arianna Huffington, New York Times Book Review Overwork is the new normal. Rest is something to do when the important things are done-but they are never done. Looking at different forms of rest, from sleep to vacation, Silicon Valley futurist and business consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang dispels the myth that the harder we work the better the outcome. He combines rigorous scientific research with a rich array of examples of writers, painters, and thinkers from Darwin to Stephen King to challenge our tendency to see work and relaxation as antithetical. &amp;#039;Deliberate rest,&amp;#039; as Pang calls it, is the true key to productivity, and will give us more energy, sharper ideas, and a better life. Rest offers a roadmap to rediscovering the importance of rest in our lives, and a convincing argument that we need to relax more if we actually want to get more done.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less
Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sit back and relax and learn about why overworking and under resting can be harmful to yourself and your career. &amp;#039;Rest is such a valuable book. If work is our national religion, Pang is the philosopher reintegrating our bifurcated selves.&amp;#039; Arianna Huffington, New York Times Book Review Overwork is the new normal. Rest is something to do when the important things are done-but they are never done. Looking at different forms of rest, from sleep to vacation, Silicon Valley futurist and business consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang dispels the myth that the harder we work the better the outcome. He combines rigorous scientific research with a rich array of examples of writers, painters, and thinkers from Darwin to Stephen King to challenge our tendency to see work and relaxation as antithetical. &amp;#039;Deliberate rest,&amp;#039; as Pang calls it, is the true key to productivity, and will give us more energy, sharper ideas, and a better life. Rest offers a roadmap to rediscovering the importance of rest in our lives, and a convincing argument that we need to relax more if we actually want to get more done.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Experiencing Dementia by H. Norman Wright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing Dementia
Author: H. Norman Wright
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do you grieve for someone who is physically still with you?  How do you love them in the right way through that grief and sometimes frustration? Experiencing Dementia is written for the person who is in the wake of despair that the diagnosis of Dementia brings. This brief but powerful book will help lead readers through the needed grieving process.</description>
      <author>H. Norman Wright</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Apr 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781683667322.mp3" length="1387568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781683667322.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing Dementia
Author: H. Norman Wright
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do you grieve for someone who is physically still with you?  How do you love them in the right way through that grief and sometimes frustration? Experiencing Dementia is written for the person who is in the wake of despair that the diagnosis of Dementia brings. This brief but powerful book will help lead readers through the needed grieving process.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing Dementia
Author: H. Norman Wright
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do you grieve for someone who is physically still with you?  How do you love them in the right way through that grief and sometimes frustration? Experiencing Dementia is written for the person who is in the wake of despair that the diagnosis of Dementia brings. This brief but powerful book will help lead readers through the needed grieving process.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mirror for the Soul: A Christian Guide to the Enneagram by Alice Fryling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirror for the Soul: A Christian Guide to the Enneagram
Author: Alice Fryling
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Who in the world am I?&amp;#039; The Enneagram is like a mirror, reflecting dimensions of ourselves that are sometimes hard to see. In this helpful guide, spiritual director and Enneagram teacher Alice Fryling offers an introduction to each number of the Enneagram and the respective triads into which they&amp;#039;re organized. More than just helping us discern our number, Fryling shows how knowing it can lead to transformation by revealing to us both our false and our true selves. She writes: &amp;#039;Knowledge of the Enneagram has led me to the grace of God. I discovered through the Enneagram that I am not just my gifts, I am not just my failures. . . . I am a person created by God, loved by God, and uniquely gifted to love others with God&amp;#039;s merciful and gracious love. Through the Enneagram God has taught me that I am not exactly who I think I am. . . . The Enneagram itself does not make me a different person. But knowledge of the Enneagram does help me see who I truly am and offers me words to describe how I would like to be transformed by God&amp;#039;s grace.&amp;#039; With questions for reflection and personal meditations aimed at leading you into deeper self-awareness, Mirror for the Soul will give you new perspective on yourself and reveal how you can experience God’s love more abundantly.</description>
      <author>Alice Fryling</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545900147.mp3" length="1337050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545900147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirror for the Soul: A Christian Guide to the Enneagram
Author: Alice Fryling
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Who in the world am I?&amp;#039; The Enneagram is like a mirror, reflecting dimensions of ourselves that are sometimes hard to see. In this helpful guide, spiritual director and Enneagram teacher Alice Fryling offers an introduction to each number of the Enneagram and the respective triads into which they&amp;#039;re organized. More than just helping us discern our number, Fryling shows how knowing it can lead to transformation by revealing to us both our false and our true selves. She writes: &amp;#039;Knowledge of the Enneagram has led me to the grace of God. I discovered through the Enneagram that I am not just my gifts, I am not just my failures. . . . I am a person created by God, loved by God, and uniquely gifted to love others with God&amp;#039;s merciful and gracious love. Through the Enneagram God has taught me that I am not exactly who I think I am. . . . The Enneagram itself does not make me a different person. But knowledge of the Enneagram does help me see who I truly am and offers me words to describe how I would like to be transformed by God&amp;#039;s grace.&amp;#039; With questions for reflection and personal meditations aimed at leading you into deeper self-awareness, Mirror for the Soul will give you new perspective on yourself and reveal how you can experience God’s love more abundantly.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirror for the Soul: A Christian Guide to the Enneagram
Author: Alice Fryling
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Who in the world am I?&amp;#039; The Enneagram is like a mirror, reflecting dimensions of ourselves that are sometimes hard to see. In this helpful guide, spiritual director and Enneagram teacher Alice Fryling offers an introduction to each number of the Enneagram and the respective triads into which they&amp;#039;re organized. More than just helping us discern our number, Fryling shows how knowing it can lead to transformation by revealing to us both our false and our true selves. She writes: &amp;#039;Knowledge of the Enneagram has led me to the grace of God. I discovered through the Enneagram that I am not just my gifts, I am not just my failures. . . . I am a person created by God, loved by God, and uniquely gifted to love others with God&amp;#039;s merciful and gracious love. Through the Enneagram God has taught me that I am not exactly who I think I am. . . . The Enneagram itself does not make me a different person. But knowledge of the Enneagram does help me see who I truly am and offers me words to describe how I would like to be transformed by God&amp;#039;s grace.&amp;#039; With questions for reflection and personal meditations aimed at leading you into deeper self-awareness, Mirror for the Soul will give you new perspective on yourself and reveal how you can experience God’s love more abundantly.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Case for Kindness: 40 Ways to Love and Inspire Others by Lisa Barrickman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for Kindness: 40 Ways to Love and Inspire Others
Author: Lisa Barrickman
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty days, forty ways to change the world -- one person, one place, one act at a time.Inspired by the author&amp;#039;s fortieth birthday celebration where she committed to forty days of intentional kindness, this book shares the ripple effect that changed an entire community. In less than a year, more than 20,000 separate acts of kindness took place as others embraced the endeavor. A Case for Kindness equips you to have that same impact in the lives of your own neighbors, family, and friends. In this book, you will find forty kindness practices that easily fit the margins of your day-to-day interactions. It is a forty-day journey that will have a lasting impact on the lives of others, while enriching your own life in the process.</description>
      <author>Lisa Barrickman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781683668251.mp3" length="1391000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781683668251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for Kindness: 40 Ways to Love and Inspire Others
Author: Lisa Barrickman
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty days, forty ways to change the world -- one person, one place, one act at a time.Inspired by the author&amp;#039;s fortieth birthday celebration where she committed to forty days of intentional kindness, this book shares the ripple effect that changed an entire community. In less than a year, more than 20,000 separate acts of kindness took place as others embraced the endeavor. A Case for Kindness equips you to have that same impact in the lives of your own neighbors, family, and friends. In this book, you will find forty kindness practices that easily fit the margins of your day-to-day interactions. It is a forty-day journey that will have a lasting impact on the lives of others, while enriching your own life in the process.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Case for Kindness: 40 Ways to Love and Inspire Others
Author: Lisa Barrickman
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Forty days, forty ways to change the world -- one person, one place, one act at a time.Inspired by the author&amp;#039;s fortieth birthday celebration where she committed to forty days of intentional kindness, this book shares the ripple effect that changed an entire community. In less than a year, more than 20,000 separate acts of kindness took place as others embraced the endeavor. A Case for Kindness equips you to have that same impact in the lives of your own neighbors, family, and friends. In this book, you will find forty kindness practices that easily fit the margins of your day-to-day interactions. It is a forty-day journey that will have a lasting impact on the lives of others, while enriching your own life in the process.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ranger Games: A Story of Soldiers, Family and an Inexplicable Crime by Ben Blum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger Games: A Story of Soldiers, Family and an Inexplicable Crime
Author: Ben Blum
Narrator: Johnathan McClain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A tense and layered true-crime story about an all-American soldier boy turned bank robber           Alex Blum was a clean-cut all-American kid with one unshakeable goal in life: to serve his country in the military. He was accepted into the elite Rangers regiment, but on the first day of his leave before deployment to Iraq, Alex got into his car with two fellow soldiers and two strangers, drove to a local bank in Tacoma, and committed armed robbery.           The Blum family was devastated and mystified. How could he have done such a thing?           Alex’s attorney presented a defence based on the theory that trainee Rangers are indoctrinated on a level akin to the brainwashing in an extreme religious cult, and Alex insisted that he had believed the robbery was just another exercise in the famously daunting Ranger program. But Luke Elliot Sommer, the charismatic soldier behind the robbery, maintained that Alex knew exactly what he was doing, and had, in fact, planned it all with him.           Who was lying? What had happened to Alex during those gruelling months of training? How accountable was he?</description>
      <author>Ben Blum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008243746.mp3" length="1395577" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008243746.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger Games: A Story of Soldiers, Family and an Inexplicable Crime
Author: Ben Blum
Narrator: Johnathan McClain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A tense and layered true-crime story about an all-American soldier boy turned bank robber           Alex Blum was a clean-cut all-American kid with one unshakeable goal in life: to serve his country in the military. He was accepted into the elite Rangers regiment, but on the first day of his leave before deployment to Iraq, Alex got into his car with two fellow soldiers and two strangers, drove to a local bank in Tacoma, and committed armed robbery.           The Blum family was devastated and mystified. How could he have done such a thing?           Alex’s attorney presented a defence based on the theory that trainee Rangers are indoctrinated on a level akin to the brainwashing in an extreme religious cult, and Alex insisted that he had believed the robbery was just another exercise in the famously daunting Ranger program. But Luke Elliot Sommer, the charismatic soldier behind the robbery, maintained that Alex knew exactly what he was doing, and had, in fact, planned it all with him.           Who was lying? What had happened to Alex during those gruelling months of training? How accountable was he?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ranger Games: A Story of Soldiers, Family and an Inexplicable Crime
Author: Ben Blum
Narrator: Johnathan McClain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A tense and layered true-crime story about an all-American soldier boy turned bank robber           Alex Blum was a clean-cut all-American kid with one unshakeable goal in life: to serve his country in the military. He was accepted into the elite Rangers regiment, but on the first day of his leave before deployment to Iraq, Alex got into his car with two fellow soldiers and two strangers, drove to a local bank in Tacoma, and committed armed robbery.           The Blum family was devastated and mystified. How could he have done such a thing?           Alex’s attorney presented a defence based on the theory that trainee Rangers are indoctrinated on a level akin to the brainwashing in an extreme religious cult, and Alex insisted that he had believed the robbery was just another exercise in the famously daunting Ranger program. But Luke Elliot Sommer, the charismatic soldier behind the robbery, maintained that Alex knew exactly what he was doing, and had, in fact, planned it all with him.           Who was lying? What had happened to Alex during those gruelling months of training? How accountable was he?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Absolute Madness: A True Story of a Serial Killer, Race, and a City Divided by Catherine Pelonero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Madness: A True Story of a Serial Killer, Race, and a City Divided
Author: Catherine Pelonero
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Absolute Madness tells the disturbing true story of Joseph Christopher, a white serial killer who targeted black males and struck fear into the residents of Buffalo and New York City in the 1980s. Dubbed both the .22-Caliber Killer and the Midtown Slasher, Christopher allegedly claimed eighteen victims during a savage four-month spree across the state.The investigation, aided by famed FBI profiler John Douglas, drew national attention and biting criticism from Jesse Jackson and other civil rights leaders. The killer, when at last he was unmasked, seemed an unlikely candidate to have held New York in a grip of terror.His capture was neither the end of the story nor the end of the racial strife, which flared anew during circuitous prosecutions and judicial rulings that prompted cries of a double standard in the justice system. Both a wrenching true crime story and an incisive portrait of dangerously discordant race relations in America, Absolute Madness also chronicles a lonely, vulnerable man’s tragic descent into madness and the failure of the American mental health system that refused his pleas for help.</description>
      <author>Catherine Pelonero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781543655810.mp3" length="751944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781543655810.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Madness: A True Story of a Serial Killer, Race, and a City Divided
Author: Catherine Pelonero
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Absolute Madness tells the disturbing true story of Joseph Christopher, a white serial killer who targeted black males and struck fear into the residents of Buffalo and New York City in the 1980s. Dubbed both the .22-Caliber Killer and the Midtown Slasher, Christopher allegedly claimed eighteen victims during a savage four-month spree across the state.The investigation, aided by famed FBI profiler John Douglas, drew national attention and biting criticism from Jesse Jackson and other civil rights leaders. The killer, when at last he was unmasked, seemed an unlikely candidate to have held New York in a grip of terror.His capture was neither the end of the story nor the end of the racial strife, which flared anew during circuitous prosecutions and judicial rulings that prompted cries of a double standard in the justice system. Both a wrenching true crime story and an incisive portrait of dangerously discordant race relations in America, Absolute Madness also chronicles a lonely, vulnerable man’s tragic descent into madness and the failure of the American mental health system that refused his pleas for help.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308184</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Madness: A True Story of a Serial Killer, Race, and a City Divided
Author: Catherine Pelonero
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Absolute Madness tells the disturbing true story of Joseph Christopher, a white serial killer who targeted black males and struck fear into the residents of Buffalo and New York City in the 1980s. Dubbed both the .22-Caliber Killer and the Midtown Slasher, Christopher allegedly claimed eighteen victims during a savage four-month spree across the state.The investigation, aided by famed FBI profiler John Douglas, drew national attention and biting criticism from Jesse Jackson and other civil rights leaders. The killer, when at last he was unmasked, seemed an unlikely candidate to have held New York in a grip of terror.His capture was neither the end of the story nor the end of the racial strife, which flared anew during circuitous prosecutions and judicial rulings that prompted cries of a double standard in the justice system. Both a wrenching true crime story and an incisive portrait of dangerously discordant race relations in America, Absolute Madness also chronicles a lonely, vulnerable man’s tragic descent into madness and the failure of the American mental health system that refused his pleas for help.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear of Flying Workbook: Overcome Your Anticipatory Anxiety and Develop Skills for Flying with Confidence by David Carbonell PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Flying Workbook: Overcome Your Anticipatory Anxiety and Develop Skills for Flying with Confidence
Author: David Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve tried to face your fear of flying, but the harder you try to control it, the worse it gets. This audiobook teaches how to work constructively with your brain so you can address your anxiety in different ways that truly help you let go of the fear.  Packed with hands-on exercises, this audiobook helps you better understand both the anticipatory anxiety prior to a flight as well as the fear experienced on board?and provides the tools needed to successfully fill the role of passenger, including:   Supplemental PDFs: questionnaires and fill-in-the-blanks  Pre-flight checklists and practice flight itinerary  In-flight panic journal and symptom graphs  Symptom and response inventories  Breathing and meditation exercises  Guided meditation  Drawing from exposure therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy, the methods in this audiobook will help you:   Understand how you became afraid  Discard safety objects and behaviors  Identify signal fears and false alarms  Use the AWARE steps onboard the plane  Recognize and respond to symptoms  Restore your ability to fly and travel</description>
      <author>David Carbonell PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABWWM9780100.mp3" length="1350971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABWWM9780100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Flying Workbook: Overcome Your Anticipatory Anxiety and Develop Skills for Flying with Confidence
Author: David Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve tried to face your fear of flying, but the harder you try to control it, the worse it gets. This audiobook teaches how to work constructively with your brain so you can address your anxiety in different ways that truly help you let go of the fear.  Packed with hands-on exercises, this audiobook helps you better understand both the anticipatory anxiety prior to a flight as well as the fear experienced on board?and provides the tools needed to successfully fill the role of passenger, including:   Supplemental PDFs: questionnaires and fill-in-the-blanks  Pre-flight checklists and practice flight itinerary  In-flight panic journal and symptom graphs  Symptom and response inventories  Breathing and meditation exercises  Guided meditation  Drawing from exposure therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy, the methods in this audiobook will help you:   Understand how you became afraid  Discard safety objects and behaviors  Identify signal fears and false alarms  Use the AWARE steps onboard the plane  Recognize and respond to symptoms  Restore your ability to fly and travel</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear of Flying Workbook: Overcome Your Anticipatory Anxiety and Develop Skills for Flying with Confidence
Author: David Carbonell PhD
Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge Jr.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ve tried to face your fear of flying, but the harder you try to control it, the worse it gets. This audiobook teaches how to work constructively with your brain so you can address your anxiety in different ways that truly help you let go of the fear.  Packed with hands-on exercises, this audiobook helps you better understand both the anticipatory anxiety prior to a flight as well as the fear experienced on board?and provides the tools needed to successfully fill the role of passenger, including:   Supplemental PDFs: questionnaires and fill-in-the-blanks  Pre-flight checklists and practice flight itinerary  In-flight panic journal and symptom graphs  Symptom and response inventories  Breathing and meditation exercises  Guided meditation  Drawing from exposure therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy, the methods in this audiobook will help you:   Understand how you became afraid  Discard safety objects and behaviors  Identify signal fears and false alarms  Use the AWARE steps onboard the plane  Recognize and respond to symptoms  Restore your ability to fly and travel</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together and Why It Might Drive Us Apart by Rachel Botsman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together and Why It Might Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust -- far from it.  In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history -- with fundamental consequences for everyone. A new world order is emerging: we might have lost faith in institutions and leaders, but millions of people rent their homes to total strangers, exchange digital currencies, or find themselves trusting a bot. This is the age of &amp;#039;distributed trust,&amp;#039; a paradigm shift driven by innovative technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical shift, we must understand the mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost, and repaired in the digital age. In the first book to explain this new world, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape -- and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</description>
      <author>Rachel Botsman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549167522.mp3" length="889475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549167522.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together and Why It Might Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust -- far from it.  In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history -- with fundamental consequences for everyone. A new world order is emerging: we might have lost faith in institutions and leaders, but millions of people rent their homes to total strangers, exchange digital currencies, or find themselves trusting a bot. This is the age of &amp;#039;distributed trust,&amp;#039; a paradigm shift driven by innovative technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical shift, we must understand the mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost, and repaired in the digital age. In the first book to explain this new world, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape -- and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together and Why It Might Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust -- far from it.  In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history -- with fundamental consequences for everyone. A new world order is emerging: we might have lost faith in institutions and leaders, but millions of people rent their homes to total strangers, exchange digital currencies, or find themselves trusting a bot. This is the age of &amp;#039;distributed trust,&amp;#039; a paradigm shift driven by innovative technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical shift, we must understand the mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost, and repaired in the digital age. In the first book to explain this new world, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape -- and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Kind of Person Becomes a Philosophy Professor? by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Kind of Person Becomes a Philosophy Professor?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Just as many people go into psychiatry not because they do understand people, but because they don&amp;#039;t, so many people go into philosophy not because they are philosophers, but because they are intellectual cripples and, for that reason, cannot even engage in a semblance of thought without following the formal procedures of which instruction in philosophy apprises one.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968969.mp3" length="146158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968969.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Kind of Person Becomes a Philosophy Professor?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Just as many people go into psychiatry not because they do understand people, but because they don&amp;#039;t, so many people go into philosophy not because they are philosophers, but because they are intellectual cripples and, for that reason, cannot even engage in a semblance of thought without following the formal procedures of which instruction in philosophy apprises one.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Kind of Person Becomes a Philosophy Professor?
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Just as many people go into psychiatry not because they do understand people, but because they don&amp;#039;t, so many people go into philosophy not because they are philosophers, but because they are intellectual cripples and, for that reason, cannot even engage in a semblance of thought without following the formal procedures of which instruction in philosophy apprises one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mastering the Addicted Brain: Building a Sane and Meaningful Life to Stay Clean by Walter Ling, M.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering the Addicted Brain: Building a Sane and Meaningful Life to Stay Clean
Author: Walter Ling, M.D.
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For anyone trying to overcome an addiction, living with someone with an addiction, or helping someone with an addictionAs most drug and alcohol addicts eventually realize, good intentions alone aren’t enough to break destructive habits. However, addiction can be managed once its true nature is understood. This simple yet profound guidebook takes you step-by-step through the process of building a life after addiction by adopting new behaviors that create lasting change. An internationally renowned psychiatrist, neurologist, and addiction specialist, Dr. Walter Ling has worked with thousands of addicts, their loved ones, and fellow clinicians. His no-nonsense, no-judgment approach, which he calls the “neuroscience of common sense,” advocates holistic methods to prevent relapse and establish new patterns to create a sustainable, meaningful life.</description>
      <author>Walter Ling, M.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jan 2018 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781543656831.mp3" length="851633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781543656831.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering the Addicted Brain: Building a Sane and Meaningful Life to Stay Clean
Author: Walter Ling, M.D.
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For anyone trying to overcome an addiction, living with someone with an addiction, or helping someone with an addictionAs most drug and alcohol addicts eventually realize, good intentions alone aren’t enough to break destructive habits. However, addiction can be managed once its true nature is understood. This simple yet profound guidebook takes you step-by-step through the process of building a life after addiction by adopting new behaviors that create lasting change. An internationally renowned psychiatrist, neurologist, and addiction specialist, Dr. Walter Ling has worked with thousands of addicts, their loved ones, and fellow clinicians. His no-nonsense, no-judgment approach, which he calls the “neuroscience of common sense,” advocates holistic methods to prevent relapse and establish new patterns to create a sustainable, meaningful life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307663</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering the Addicted Brain: Building a Sane and Meaningful Life to Stay Clean
Author: Walter Ling, M.D.
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For anyone trying to overcome an addiction, living with someone with an addiction, or helping someone with an addictionAs most drug and alcohol addicts eventually realize, good intentions alone aren’t enough to break destructive habits. However, addiction can be managed once its true nature is understood. This simple yet profound guidebook takes you step-by-step through the process of building a life after addiction by adopting new behaviors that create lasting change. An internationally renowned psychiatrist, neurologist, and addiction specialist, Dr. Walter Ling has worked with thousands of addicts, their loved ones, and fellow clinicians. His no-nonsense, no-judgment approach, which he calls the “neuroscience of common sense,” advocates holistic methods to prevent relapse and establish new patterns to create a sustainable, meaningful life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shred of Truth in the James Lange Theory of Emotions by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth in the James Lange Theory of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This paper correctly models the data-set that the James-Lange theory of emotions (&amp;#039;we are sad because we cry; we don&amp;#039;t cry because we are sad&amp;#039;) tries but fails to model.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968525.mp3" length="141520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968525.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth in the James Lange Theory of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This paper correctly models the data-set that the James-Lange theory of emotions (&amp;#039;we are sad because we cry; we don&amp;#039;t cry because we are sad&amp;#039;) tries but fails to model.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shred of Truth in the James Lange Theory of Emotions
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This paper correctly models the data-set that the James-Lange theory of emotions (&amp;#039;we are sad because we cry; we don&amp;#039;t cry because we are sad&amp;#039;) tries but fails to model.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Test-performance as a Negative Indicator of Future Professional Success by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Test-performance as a Negative Indicator of Future Professional Success
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who pass a given professional examination after preparing for a very short time at it often fail dismally in the corresponding professions, and people who pass such an examination only after preparing for a very long time at it often succeed brilliantly in the corresponding area. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968488.mp3" length="148638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Test-performance as a Negative Indicator of Future Professional Success
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who pass a given professional examination after preparing for a very short time at it often fail dismally in the corresponding professions, and people who pass such an examination only after preparing for a very long time at it often succeed brilliantly in the corresponding area. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Test-performance as a Negative Indicator of Future Professional Success
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
People who pass a given professional examination after preparing for a very short time at it often fail dismally in the corresponding professions, and people who pass such an examination only after preparing for a very long time at it often succeed brilliantly in the corresponding area. In this short paper, it is explained why this is so.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Melancholy: Major Depression and its Social Origin by Dan G. Blazer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melancholy: Major Depression and its Social Origin
Author: Dan G. Blazer
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Depression has become the most frequently diagnosed chronic mental illness, and is a disability encountered almost daily by mental health professionals of all trades. &amp;#039;Major Depression&amp;#039; is a medical disease, which some would argue has reached epidemic proportions in contemporary society, and it affects our bodies and brains just like any other disease. Why, this book asks, has the incidence of depression been on such an increase in the last 50 years, if our basic biology hasn&amp;#039;t changed as rapidly? To find answers, Dr. Blazer looks at the social forces, cultural and environmental upheavals, and other external, group factors that have undergone significant change. In so doing, the author revives the tenets of social psychiatry, the process of looking at social trends, environmental factors, and correlations among groups in efforts to understand psychiatric disorders.</description>
      <author>Dan G. Blazer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469007878.mp3" length="7682415" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469007878.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melancholy: Major Depression and its Social Origin
Author: Dan G. Blazer
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Depression has become the most frequently diagnosed chronic mental illness, and is a disability encountered almost daily by mental health professionals of all trades. &amp;#039;Major Depression&amp;#039; is a medical disease, which some would argue has reached epidemic proportions in contemporary society, and it affects our bodies and brains just like any other disease. Why, this book asks, has the incidence of depression been on such an increase in the last 50 years, if our basic biology hasn&amp;#039;t changed as rapidly? To find answers, Dr. Blazer looks at the social forces, cultural and environmental upheavals, and other external, group factors that have undergone significant change. In so doing, the author revives the tenets of social psychiatry, the process of looking at social trends, environmental factors, and correlations among groups in efforts to understand psychiatric disorders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306880</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Melancholy: Major Depression and its Social Origin
Author: Dan G. Blazer
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Depression has become the most frequently diagnosed chronic mental illness, and is a disability encountered almost daily by mental health professionals of all trades. &amp;#039;Major Depression&amp;#039; is a medical disease, which some would argue has reached epidemic proportions in contemporary society, and it affects our bodies and brains just like any other disease. Why, this book asks, has the incidence of depression been on such an increase in the last 50 years, if our basic biology hasn&amp;#039;t changed as rapidly? To find answers, Dr. Blazer looks at the social forces, cultural and environmental upheavals, and other external, group factors that have undergone significant change. In so doing, the author revives the tenets of social psychiatry, the process of looking at social trends, environmental factors, and correlations among groups in efforts to understand psychiatric disorders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life Second Edition: Strategies That Work from an Acclaimed Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician by Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD, Judith Kolberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life Second Edition: Strategies That Work from an Acclaimed Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician
Author: Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD, Judith Kolberg
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Acclaimed professional organizer Judith Kolberg and Dr. Kathleen Nadeau, renowned ADHD clinical psychologist, are back with an updated edition of their classic text for adults with ADD. Their collaboration offers the best understanding and solutions for adults who want to get and stay organized. Listeners will enjoy all new content on organizing digital information, managing distractions, organizing finances, and coping with the &amp;#039;black hole&amp;#039; of the Internet. This exciting new resource offers three levels of strategies and support: self-help, non-professional assistance from family and friends, and professional support; allowing the listener to determine the appropriate level of support.</description>
      <author>Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD, Judith Kolberg</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469007854.mp3" length="8367391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469007854.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life Second Edition: Strategies That Work from an Acclaimed Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician
Author: Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD, Judith Kolberg
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Acclaimed professional organizer Judith Kolberg and Dr. Kathleen Nadeau, renowned ADHD clinical psychologist, are back with an updated edition of their classic text for adults with ADD. Their collaboration offers the best understanding and solutions for adults who want to get and stay organized. Listeners will enjoy all new content on organizing digital information, managing distractions, organizing finances, and coping with the &amp;#039;black hole&amp;#039; of the Internet. This exciting new resource offers three levels of strategies and support: self-help, non-professional assistance from family and friends, and professional support; allowing the listener to determine the appropriate level of support.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life Second Edition: Strategies That Work from an Acclaimed Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician
Author: Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD, Judith Kolberg
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Acclaimed professional organizer Judith Kolberg and Dr. Kathleen Nadeau, renowned ADHD clinical psychologist, are back with an updated edition of their classic text for adults with ADD. Their collaboration offers the best understanding and solutions for adults who want to get and stay organized. Listeners will enjoy all new content on organizing digital information, managing distractions, organizing finances, and coping with the &amp;#039;black hole&amp;#039; of the Internet. This exciting new resource offers three levels of strategies and support: self-help, non-professional assistance from family and friends, and professional support; allowing the listener to determine the appropriate level of support.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do by John Bargh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audiobook edition of Before You Know It by John Bargh, read by George Newbern and with an introduction by the author. The world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind reveals the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behaviour. For more than three decades, Dr John Bargh has been conducting revolutionary research into the unconscious mind – not Freud’s dark, malevolent unconscious but the new unconscious, a helpful and powerful part of the mind that we can access and understand through experimental science. Now, Dr Bargh presents an engaging and enlightening tour of the influential psychological forces that are at work as we go about our daily lives – checking a dating app, holding a cup of hot coffee, or getting a flu shot. Dr Bargh takes you into his labs at New York University and Yale where his ingenious experiments have shown how the unconscious guides our behaviour, goals and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behaviour and addiction. He reveals the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more.  Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as tricks to help you remember to-do items, shop smarter and sleep better. Before You Know It will profoundly change the way you understand yourself by introducing you to a fascinating world only recently discovered, the world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling and behaving. ‘John Bargh&amp;#039;s Before You Know It moves our understanding of the mysteries of human behaviour one giant step forward. A brilliant and convincing book.’ – Malcolm Gladwell, author of Blink and David and Goliath</description>
      <author>John Bargh</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473537200.mp3" length="1311637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473537200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audiobook edition of Before You Know It by John Bargh, read by George Newbern and with an introduction by the author. The world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind reveals the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behaviour. For more than three decades, Dr John Bargh has been conducting revolutionary research into the unconscious mind – not Freud’s dark, malevolent unconscious but the new unconscious, a helpful and powerful part of the mind that we can access and understand through experimental science. Now, Dr Bargh presents an engaging and enlightening tour of the influential psychological forces that are at work as we go about our daily lives – checking a dating app, holding a cup of hot coffee, or getting a flu shot. Dr Bargh takes you into his labs at New York University and Yale where his ingenious experiments have shown how the unconscious guides our behaviour, goals and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behaviour and addiction. He reveals the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more.  Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as tricks to help you remember to-do items, shop smarter and sleep better. Before You Know It will profoundly change the way you understand yourself by introducing you to a fascinating world only recently discovered, the world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling and behaving. ‘John Bargh&amp;#039;s Before You Know It moves our understanding of the mysteries of human behaviour one giant step forward. A brilliant and convincing book.’ – Malcolm Gladwell, author of Blink and David and Goliath</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306799</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Random House presents the audiobook edition of Before You Know It by John Bargh, read by George Newbern and with an introduction by the author. The world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind reveals the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behaviour. For more than three decades, Dr John Bargh has been conducting revolutionary research into the unconscious mind – not Freud’s dark, malevolent unconscious but the new unconscious, a helpful and powerful part of the mind that we can access and understand through experimental science. Now, Dr Bargh presents an engaging and enlightening tour of the influential psychological forces that are at work as we go about our daily lives – checking a dating app, holding a cup of hot coffee, or getting a flu shot. Dr Bargh takes you into his labs at New York University and Yale where his ingenious experiments have shown how the unconscious guides our behaviour, goals and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behaviour and addiction. He reveals the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more.  Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as tricks to help you remember to-do items, shop smarter and sleep better. Before You Know It will profoundly change the way you understand yourself by introducing you to a fascinating world only recently discovered, the world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling and behaving. ‘John Bargh&amp;#039;s Before You Know It moves our understanding of the mysteries of human behaviour one giant step forward. A brilliant and convincing book.’ – Malcolm Gladwell, author of Blink and David and Goliath</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do by John Bargh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. John Bargh, the world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind, presents a “brilliant and convincing book” (Malcolm Gladwell) cited as an outstanding read of 2017 by Business Insider and The Financial Times—giving us an entirely new understanding of the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behavior. For more than three decades, Dr. John Bargh has conducted revolutionary research into the unconscious mind, research featured in bestsellers like Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow. Now, in what Dr. John Gottman said was “the most important and exciting book in psychology that has been written in the past twenty years,” Dr. Bargh takes us on an entertaining and enlightening tour of the forces that affect everyday behavior while transforming our understanding of ourselves in profound ways.    Dr. Bargh takes us into his labs at New York University and Yale—where he and his colleagues have discovered how the unconscious guides our behavior, goals, and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behavior, and addiction. With infectious enthusiasm he reveals what science now knows about the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more. Because the unconscious works in ways we are completely unaware of, Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as useful tricks to help you remember items on your to-do list, to shop smarter, and to sleep better.   Before You Know It is “a fascinating compendium of landmark social-psychology research” (Publishers Weekly) and an introduction to a fabulous world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to knowing yourself and unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving.</description>
      <author>John Bargh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508239666.mp3" length="799347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508239666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. John Bargh, the world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind, presents a “brilliant and convincing book” (Malcolm Gladwell) cited as an outstanding read of 2017 by Business Insider and The Financial Times—giving us an entirely new understanding of the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behavior. For more than three decades, Dr. John Bargh has conducted revolutionary research into the unconscious mind, research featured in bestsellers like Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow. Now, in what Dr. John Gottman said was “the most important and exciting book in psychology that has been written in the past twenty years,” Dr. Bargh takes us on an entertaining and enlightening tour of the forces that affect everyday behavior while transforming our understanding of ourselves in profound ways.    Dr. Bargh takes us into his labs at New York University and Yale—where he and his colleagues have discovered how the unconscious guides our behavior, goals, and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behavior, and addiction. With infectious enthusiasm he reveals what science now knows about the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more. Because the unconscious works in ways we are completely unaware of, Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as useful tricks to help you remember items on your to-do list, to shop smarter, and to sleep better.   Before You Know It is “a fascinating compendium of landmark social-psychology research” (Publishers Weekly) and an introduction to a fabulous world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to knowing yourself and unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306680</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before You Know It: The Unconscious Reasons We Do What We Do
Author: John Bargh
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. John Bargh, the world’s leading expert on the unconscious mind, presents a “brilliant and convincing book” (Malcolm Gladwell) cited as an outstanding read of 2017 by Business Insider and The Financial Times—giving us an entirely new understanding of the hidden mental processes that secretly govern every aspect of our behavior. For more than three decades, Dr. John Bargh has conducted revolutionary research into the unconscious mind, research featured in bestsellers like Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow. Now, in what Dr. John Gottman said was “the most important and exciting book in psychology that has been written in the past twenty years,” Dr. Bargh takes us on an entertaining and enlightening tour of the forces that affect everyday behavior while transforming our understanding of ourselves in profound ways.    Dr. Bargh takes us into his labs at New York University and Yale—where he and his colleagues have discovered how the unconscious guides our behavior, goals, and motivations in areas like race relations, parenting, business, consumer behavior, and addiction. With infectious enthusiasm he reveals what science now knows about the pervasive influence of the unconscious mind in who we choose to date or vote for, what we buy, where we live, how we perform on tests and in job interviews, and much more. Because the unconscious works in ways we are completely unaware of, Before You Know It is full of surprising and entertaining revelations as well as useful tricks to help you remember items on your to-do list, to shop smarter, and to sleep better.   Before You Know It is “a fascinating compendium of landmark social-psychology research” (Publishers Weekly) and an introduction to a fabulous world that exists below the surface of your awareness and yet is the key to knowing yourself and unlocking new ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Supernormal: The Untold Story of Adversity and Resilience by Meg Jay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernormal: The Untold Story of Adversity and Resilience
Author: Meg Jay
Narrator: Meg Jay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Clinical psychologist and author of The Defining Decade, Meg Jay takes us into the world of the supernormal: those who soar to unexpected heights after childhood adversity.  Whether it is the loss of a parent to death or divorce; bullying; alcoholism or drug abuse in the home; mental illness in a parent or a sibling; neglect; emotional, physical or sexual abuse; having a parent in jail; or growing up alongside domestic violence, nearly 75% of us experience adversity by the age of 20. But these experiences are often kept secret, as are our courageous battles to overcome them.   Drawing on nearly two decades of work with clients and students, Jay tells the tale of ordinary people made extraordinary by these all-too-common experiences, everyday superheroes who have made a life out of dodging bullets and leaping over obstacles, even as they hide in plain sight as doctors, artists, entrepreneurs, lawyers, parents, activists, teachers, students and readers. She gives a voice to the supernormals among us as they reveal not only &amp;#039;How do they do it?&amp;#039; but also &amp;#039;How does it feel?&amp;#039;   These powerful stories, and those of public figures from Andre Agassi to Jay Z, will show supernormals they are not alone but are, in fact, in good company.   Marvelously researched and compassionately written, this exceptional book narrates the continuing saga that is resilience as it challenges us to consider whether -- and how -- the good wins out in the end.</description>
      <author>Meg Jay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478929741.mp3" length="857757" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478929741.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernormal: The Untold Story of Adversity and Resilience
Author: Meg Jay
Narrator: Meg Jay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Clinical psychologist and author of The Defining Decade, Meg Jay takes us into the world of the supernormal: those who soar to unexpected heights after childhood adversity.  Whether it is the loss of a parent to death or divorce; bullying; alcoholism or drug abuse in the home; mental illness in a parent or a sibling; neglect; emotional, physical or sexual abuse; having a parent in jail; or growing up alongside domestic violence, nearly 75% of us experience adversity by the age of 20. But these experiences are often kept secret, as are our courageous battles to overcome them.   Drawing on nearly two decades of work with clients and students, Jay tells the tale of ordinary people made extraordinary by these all-too-common experiences, everyday superheroes who have made a life out of dodging bullets and leaping over obstacles, even as they hide in plain sight as doctors, artists, entrepreneurs, lawyers, parents, activists, teachers, students and readers. She gives a voice to the supernormals among us as they reveal not only &amp;#039;How do they do it?&amp;#039; but also &amp;#039;How does it feel?&amp;#039;   These powerful stories, and those of public figures from Andre Agassi to Jay Z, will show supernormals they are not alone but are, in fact, in good company.   Marvelously researched and compassionately written, this exceptional book narrates the continuing saga that is resilience as it challenges us to consider whether -- and how -- the good wins out in the end.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernormal: The Untold Story of Adversity and Resilience
Author: Meg Jay
Narrator: Meg Jay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Clinical psychologist and author of The Defining Decade, Meg Jay takes us into the world of the supernormal: those who soar to unexpected heights after childhood adversity.  Whether it is the loss of a parent to death or divorce; bullying; alcoholism or drug abuse in the home; mental illness in a parent or a sibling; neglect; emotional, physical or sexual abuse; having a parent in jail; or growing up alongside domestic violence, nearly 75% of us experience adversity by the age of 20. But these experiences are often kept secret, as are our courageous battles to overcome them.   Drawing on nearly two decades of work with clients and students, Jay tells the tale of ordinary people made extraordinary by these all-too-common experiences, everyday superheroes who have made a life out of dodging bullets and leaping over obstacles, even as they hide in plain sight as doctors, artists, entrepreneurs, lawyers, parents, activists, teachers, students and readers. She gives a voice to the supernormals among us as they reveal not only &amp;#039;How do they do it?&amp;#039; but also &amp;#039;How does it feel?&amp;#039;   These powerful stories, and those of public figures from Andre Agassi to Jay Z, will show supernormals they are not alone but are, in fact, in good company.   Marvelously researched and compassionately written, this exceptional book narrates the continuing saga that is resilience as it challenges us to consider whether -- and how -- the good wins out in the end.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Possibility Principle: How Quantum Physics Can Improve the Way You Think, Live, and Love by Mel Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Possibility Principle: How Quantum Physics Can Improve the Way You Think, Live, and Love
Author: Mel Schwartz
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How would you like to experience your life? It’s an intriguing question, and yet we’ve been conditioned to believe our life visions and goals are often unattainable—until now. With The Possibility Principle, psychotherapist Mel Schwartz offers a revolutionary approach to living the life we choose.Though science has vastly expanded our knowledge, it has also led us to adopt a worldview where we see ourselves as insignificant specks living in a mechanical universe. Now, insights from quantum physics reveal that our universe is, in fact, a vibrantly intelligent reality and that each of us plays a vital role in shaping it. In this groundbreaking book, Schwartz shows us how to integrate this new quantum worldview into our everyday lives, allowing us to transcend our limitations and open to infinite possibilities.The Possibility Principle reveals how we can apply the three core tenets of quantum physics—inseparability, uncertainty, and potentiality—to live the life we choose, free from the wounds of our past and the constraints of our old beliefs. You can learn to: - Develop a mastery of your thinking as you free yourself from the replication of old thought patterns - Utilize the concept of wave collapse to realize that you are not imprisoned by your genes, brain chemistry, or past traumas - Overcome anxiety and depression through a shift of mind - Thrive in resilient relationships and develop powerful communication skills that foster empowerment and intimate connection - Embrace uncertainty to ride the waves of personal change</description>
      <author>Mel Schwartz</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781543643633.mp3" length="814217" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781543643633.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Possibility Principle: How Quantum Physics Can Improve the Way You Think, Live, and Love
Author: Mel Schwartz
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How would you like to experience your life? It’s an intriguing question, and yet we’ve been conditioned to believe our life visions and goals are often unattainable—until now. With The Possibility Principle, psychotherapist Mel Schwartz offers a revolutionary approach to living the life we choose.Though science has vastly expanded our knowledge, it has also led us to adopt a worldview where we see ourselves as insignificant specks living in a mechanical universe. Now, insights from quantum physics reveal that our universe is, in fact, a vibrantly intelligent reality and that each of us plays a vital role in shaping it. In this groundbreaking book, Schwartz shows us how to integrate this new quantum worldview into our everyday lives, allowing us to transcend our limitations and open to infinite possibilities.The Possibility Principle reveals how we can apply the three core tenets of quantum physics—inseparability, uncertainty, and potentiality—to live the life we choose, free from the wounds of our past and the constraints of our old beliefs. You can learn to: - Develop a mastery of your thinking as you free yourself from the replication of old thought patterns - Utilize the concept of wave collapse to realize that you are not imprisoned by your genes, brain chemistry, or past traumas - Overcome anxiety and depression through a shift of mind - Thrive in resilient relationships and develop powerful communication skills that foster empowerment and intimate connection - Embrace uncertainty to ride the waves of personal change</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Possibility Principle: How Quantum Physics Can Improve the Way You Think, Live, and Love
Author: Mel Schwartz
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How would you like to experience your life? It’s an intriguing question, and yet we’ve been conditioned to believe our life visions and goals are often unattainable—until now. With The Possibility Principle, psychotherapist Mel Schwartz offers a revolutionary approach to living the life we choose.Though science has vastly expanded our knowledge, it has also led us to adopt a worldview where we see ourselves as insignificant specks living in a mechanical universe. Now, insights from quantum physics reveal that our universe is, in fact, a vibrantly intelligent reality and that each of us plays a vital role in shaping it. In this groundbreaking book, Schwartz shows us how to integrate this new quantum worldview into our everyday lives, allowing us to transcend our limitations and open to infinite possibilities.The Possibility Principle reveals how we can apply the three core tenets of quantum physics—inseparability, uncertainty, and potentiality—to live the life we choose, free from the wounds of our past and the constraints of our old beliefs. You can learn to: - Develop a mastery of your thinking as you free yourself from the replication of old thought patterns - Utilize the concept of wave collapse to realize that you are not imprisoned by your genes, brain chemistry, or past traumas - Overcome anxiety and depression through a shift of mind - Thrive in resilient relationships and develop powerful communication skills that foster empowerment and intimate connection - Embrace uncertainty to ride the waves of personal change</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster Than Normal: Turbocharge Your Focus, Productivity, and Success with the Secrets of the ADHD Brain by Peter Shankman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faster Than Normal: Turbocharge Your Focus, Productivity, and Success with the Secrets of the ADHD Brain
Author: Peter Shankman
Narrator: Bernie Wagenblast, Peter Shankman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A refreshingly practical and honest guide that rewrites the script on ADHD Peter Shankman is a busy guy -- a media entrepreneur who runs several businesses, gives keynote speeches around the world, hosts a popular podcast, runs marathons and Iron Mans, is a licensed skydiver, dabbles in angel investing, and is loving father to his young daughter.  Simply put, he always seems to have more than 24 hours in a day. How does he do it? Peter attributes his unusually high energy level and extreme productivity to his ADHD.  In Faster Than Normal, Shankman shares his hard-won insights and daily hacks for making ADHD a secret weapon for living a full and deeply satisfying life. Both inspiring and practical, the book presents life rules, best practices, and simple but powerful ways to: Harness your creative energy to generate and execute your ideas Direct your hyperfocus to get things done  Identify your pitfalls--and avoid them Streamline your daily routine to eliminate distractions Use apps and other tech innovations to free up your time and energy Filled with ingenious hacks and supportive self-care advice, this is the positive, practical book the ADHD community has long needed - and is also an invaluable handbook for anyone who&amp;#039;s sick of feeling overwhelmed and wants to drive their faster-than-normal brain at maximum speed...without crashing.</description>
      <author>Peter Shankman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780525501152.mp3" length="2767139" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780525501152.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faster Than Normal: Turbocharge Your Focus, Productivity, and Success with the Secrets of the ADHD Brain
Author: Peter Shankman
Narrator: Bernie Wagenblast, Peter Shankman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A refreshingly practical and honest guide that rewrites the script on ADHD Peter Shankman is a busy guy -- a media entrepreneur who runs several businesses, gives keynote speeches around the world, hosts a popular podcast, runs marathons and Iron Mans, is a licensed skydiver, dabbles in angel investing, and is loving father to his young daughter.  Simply put, he always seems to have more than 24 hours in a day. How does he do it? Peter attributes his unusually high energy level and extreme productivity to his ADHD.  In Faster Than Normal, Shankman shares his hard-won insights and daily hacks for making ADHD a secret weapon for living a full and deeply satisfying life. Both inspiring and practical, the book presents life rules, best practices, and simple but powerful ways to: Harness your creative energy to generate and execute your ideas Direct your hyperfocus to get things done  Identify your pitfalls--and avoid them Streamline your daily routine to eliminate distractions Use apps and other tech innovations to free up your time and energy Filled with ingenious hacks and supportive self-care advice, this is the positive, practical book the ADHD community has long needed - and is also an invaluable handbook for anyone who&amp;#039;s sick of feeling overwhelmed and wants to drive their faster-than-normal brain at maximum speed...without crashing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faster Than Normal: Turbocharge Your Focus, Productivity, and Success with the Secrets of the ADHD Brain
Author: Peter Shankman
Narrator: Bernie Wagenblast, Peter Shankman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A refreshingly practical and honest guide that rewrites the script on ADHD Peter Shankman is a busy guy -- a media entrepreneur who runs several businesses, gives keynote speeches around the world, hosts a popular podcast, runs marathons and Iron Mans, is a licensed skydiver, dabbles in angel investing, and is loving father to his young daughter.  Simply put, he always seems to have more than 24 hours in a day. How does he do it? Peter attributes his unusually high energy level and extreme productivity to his ADHD.  In Faster Than Normal, Shankman shares his hard-won insights and daily hacks for making ADHD a secret weapon for living a full and deeply satisfying life. Both inspiring and practical, the book presents life rules, best practices, and simple but powerful ways to: Harness your creative energy to generate and execute your ideas Direct your hyperfocus to get things done  Identify your pitfalls--and avoid them Streamline your daily routine to eliminate distractions Use apps and other tech innovations to free up your time and energy Filled with ingenious hacks and supportive self-care advice, this is the positive, practical book the ADHD community has long needed - and is also an invaluable handbook for anyone who&amp;#039;s sick of feeling overwhelmed and wants to drive their faster-than-normal brain at maximum speed...without crashing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams by Matthew Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 534 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 49
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates   A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air&amp;#039;s most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive.    Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity.    In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night.    Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review).</description>
      <author>Matthew Walker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508240013.mp3" length="767165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508240013.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 534 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 49
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates   A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air&amp;#039;s most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive.    Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity.    In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night.    Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams
Author: Matthew Walker
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 534 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 49
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates   A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air&amp;#039;s most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive.    Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity.    In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night.    Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fear Factor: How One Emotion Connects Altruists, Psychopaths, and Everyone In-Between by Abigail Marsh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fear Factor: How One Emotion Connects Altruists, Psychopaths, and Everyone In-Between
Author: Abigail Marsh
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;compelling scientific detective story,&amp;#039; a leading neuroscientist looks for the nature of human kindness in the brains of heroes and psychopaths (Wall Street Journal).  At fourteen, Amber could boast of killing her guinea pig, threatening to burn down her home, and seducing men in exchange for gifts. She used the tools she had available to get what she wanted, and, she didn&amp;#039;t care about the damage she inflicted. A few miles away, Lenny Skutnik was so concerned about the life of a drowning woman that he jumped into the ice-cold river to save her. How could Amber care so little about others&amp;#039; lives, while Lenny cared so much?  Abigail Marsh studied the brains of both psychopathic children and extreme altruists and found that the answer lies in our ability to recognize others&amp;#039; fear. And as The Fear Factor argues, by studying people who demonstrate heroic and evil behaviors, we can learn more about how human morality is coded in the brain. A path-breaking read, The Fear Factor is essential for anyone seeking to understand the heights and depths of human nature.</description>
      <author>Abigail Marsh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478999027.mp3" length="880878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478999027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fear Factor: How One Emotion Connects Altruists, Psychopaths, and Everyone In-Between
Author: Abigail Marsh
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;compelling scientific detective story,&amp;#039; a leading neuroscientist looks for the nature of human kindness in the brains of heroes and psychopaths (Wall Street Journal).  At fourteen, Amber could boast of killing her guinea pig, threatening to burn down her home, and seducing men in exchange for gifts. She used the tools she had available to get what she wanted, and, she didn&amp;#039;t care about the damage she inflicted. A few miles away, Lenny Skutnik was so concerned about the life of a drowning woman that he jumped into the ice-cold river to save her. How could Amber care so little about others&amp;#039; lives, while Lenny cared so much?  Abigail Marsh studied the brains of both psychopathic children and extreme altruists and found that the answer lies in our ability to recognize others&amp;#039; fear. And as The Fear Factor argues, by studying people who demonstrate heroic and evil behaviors, we can learn more about how human morality is coded in the brain. A path-breaking read, The Fear Factor is essential for anyone seeking to understand the heights and depths of human nature.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fear Factor: How One Emotion Connects Altruists, Psychopaths, and Everyone In-Between
Author: Abigail Marsh
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;compelling scientific detective story,&amp;#039; a leading neuroscientist looks for the nature of human kindness in the brains of heroes and psychopaths (Wall Street Journal).  At fourteen, Amber could boast of killing her guinea pig, threatening to burn down her home, and seducing men in exchange for gifts. She used the tools she had available to get what she wanted, and, she didn&amp;#039;t care about the damage she inflicted. A few miles away, Lenny Skutnik was so concerned about the life of a drowning woman that he jumped into the ice-cold river to save her. How could Amber care so little about others&amp;#039; lives, while Lenny cared so much?  Abigail Marsh studied the brains of both psychopathic children and extreme altruists and found that the answer lies in our ability to recognize others&amp;#039; fear. And as The Fear Factor argues, by studying people who demonstrate heroic and evil behaviors, we can learn more about how human morality is coded in the brain. A path-breaking read, The Fear Factor is essential for anyone seeking to understand the heights and depths of human nature.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parenting as Partners: How to Launch Your Kids Without Ejecting Your Spouse by Vicki Hoefle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting as Partners: How to Launch Your Kids Without Ejecting Your Spouse
Author: Vicki Hoefle
Narrator: Vicki Hoefle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Very few families are perfect. But looking from the outside in, through conversations in the grocery store or clicking through social media, oftentimes it seems we are the only ones struggling with raising our kids or aligning with our spouses on parenting. The reality is that so many families struggle. Vicki Hoefle, three-time author, parenting coach, and sought-after speaker, offers a fresh, practical roadmap for achievable family-and marital-harmony and happiness. Her strategies work for everyone: whether you have young children and are just starting the parenting journey; are beginning to experience the first challenges of raising children in the 21st century; or if you’re facing crisis, stress, or the effects of divorce. Hoefle inspires REAL families and shows them how to invest in the relationship, focus on what is important, and experience the joy of living in a healthy, loving family.</description>
      <author>Vicki Hoefle</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469007632.mp3" length="7916637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469007632.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting as Partners: How to Launch Your Kids Without Ejecting Your Spouse
Author: Vicki Hoefle
Narrator: Vicki Hoefle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Very few families are perfect. But looking from the outside in, through conversations in the grocery store or clicking through social media, oftentimes it seems we are the only ones struggling with raising our kids or aligning with our spouses on parenting. The reality is that so many families struggle. Vicki Hoefle, three-time author, parenting coach, and sought-after speaker, offers a fresh, practical roadmap for achievable family-and marital-harmony and happiness. Her strategies work for everyone: whether you have young children and are just starting the parenting journey; are beginning to experience the first challenges of raising children in the 21st century; or if you’re facing crisis, stress, or the effects of divorce. Hoefle inspires REAL families and shows them how to invest in the relationship, focus on what is important, and experience the joy of living in a healthy, loving family.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting as Partners: How to Launch Your Kids Without Ejecting Your Spouse
Author: Vicki Hoefle
Narrator: Vicki Hoefle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Very few families are perfect. But looking from the outside in, through conversations in the grocery store or clicking through social media, oftentimes it seems we are the only ones struggling with raising our kids or aligning with our spouses on parenting. The reality is that so many families struggle. Vicki Hoefle, three-time author, parenting coach, and sought-after speaker, offers a fresh, practical roadmap for achievable family-and marital-harmony and happiness. Her strategies work for everyone: whether you have young children and are just starting the parenting journey; are beginning to experience the first challenges of raising children in the 21st century; or if you’re facing crisis, stress, or the effects of divorce. Hoefle inspires REAL families and shows them how to invest in the relationship, focus on what is important, and experience the joy of living in a healthy, loving family.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>101 Defenses: How the Mind Shields Itself by Jerome S. Blackman M.D. F.A.P.A.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Defenses: How the Mind Shields Itself
Author: Jerome S. Blackman M.D. F.A.P.A.
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Defenses are mental operations that restore or maintain psychic equilibrium when people feel that they cannot manage emotions that stem from conflict; they remove components of unpleasant emotions from conscious awareness. For example, using sex, food, or hostility to relieve tension - that&amp;#039;s a defense - catalogued here as entry number 68: Impulsivity. Screaming at someone can be a defense. Playing golf can be a defense. So can saving money. Or at least all of these activities may involve defenses. In this audiobook, Blackman catalogs 101 defenses - the most ever compiled - with descriptions practical for use in everyday assessment and treatment of psychopathology. He explains how to detect and interpret a defense and offers supportive therapy techniques. The many practical tips interspersed throughout this audio make it an excellent reference tool for students and experienced clinicians, and allows all listeners to experience how psychological defenses operate in everyday life.</description>
      <author>Jerome S. Blackman M.D. F.A.P.A.</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469007571.mp3" length="7814185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469007571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Defenses: How the Mind Shields Itself
Author: Jerome S. Blackman M.D. F.A.P.A.
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Defenses are mental operations that restore or maintain psychic equilibrium when people feel that they cannot manage emotions that stem from conflict; they remove components of unpleasant emotions from conscious awareness. For example, using sex, food, or hostility to relieve tension - that&amp;#039;s a defense - catalogued here as entry number 68: Impulsivity. Screaming at someone can be a defense. Playing golf can be a defense. So can saving money. Or at least all of these activities may involve defenses. In this audiobook, Blackman catalogs 101 defenses - the most ever compiled - with descriptions practical for use in everyday assessment and treatment of psychopathology. He explains how to detect and interpret a defense and offers supportive therapy techniques. The many practical tips interspersed throughout this audio make it an excellent reference tool for students and experienced clinicians, and allows all listeners to experience how psychological defenses operate in everyday life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306165</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 101 Defenses: How the Mind Shields Itself
Author: Jerome S. Blackman M.D. F.A.P.A.
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Defenses are mental operations that restore or maintain psychic equilibrium when people feel that they cannot manage emotions that stem from conflict; they remove components of unpleasant emotions from conscious awareness. For example, using sex, food, or hostility to relieve tension - that&amp;#039;s a defense - catalogued here as entry number 68: Impulsivity. Screaming at someone can be a defense. Playing golf can be a defense. So can saving money. Or at least all of these activities may involve defenses. In this audiobook, Blackman catalogs 101 defenses - the most ever compiled - with descriptions practical for use in everyday assessment and treatment of psychopathology. He explains how to detect and interpret a defense and offers supportive therapy techniques. The many practical tips interspersed throughout this audio make it an excellent reference tool for students and experienced clinicians, and allows all listeners to experience how psychological defenses operate in everyday life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Think: A Survival Guide for a World at Odds by Alan Jacobs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think: A Survival Guide for a World at Odds
Author: Alan Jacobs
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Absolutely splendid . . . essential for understanding why there is so much bad thinking in political life right now.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, New York Times How to Think is a contrarian treatise on why we’re not as good at thinking as we assume—but how recovering this lost art can rescue our inner lives from the chaos of modern life.     As a celebrated cultural critic and a writer for national publications like The Atlantic and Harper’s, Alan Jacobs has spent his adult life belonging to communities that often clash in America’s culture wars. And in his years of confronting the big issues that divide us—political, social, religious—Jacobs has learned that many of our fiercest disputes occur not because we’re doomed to be divided, but because the people involved simply aren’t thinking.      Most of us don’t want to think. Thinking is trouble. Thinking can force us out of familiar, comforting habits, and it can complicate our relationships with like-minded friends. Finally, thinking is slow, and that’s a problem when our habits of consuming information (mostly online) leave us lost in the spin cycle of social media, partisan bickering, and confirmation bias.      In this smart, endlessly entertaining book, Jacobs diagnoses the many forces that act on us to prevent thinking—forces that have only worsened in the age of Twitter, “alternative facts,” and information overload—and he also dispels the many myths we hold about what it means to think well. (For example: It’s impossible to “think for yourself.”)      Drawing on sources as far-flung as novelist Marilynne Robinson, basketball legend Wilt Chamberlain, British philosopher John Stuart Mill, and Christian theologian C.S. Lewis, Jacobs digs into the nuts and bolts of the cognitive process, offering hope that each of us can reclaim our mental lives from the impediments that plague us all. Because if we can learn to think together, maybe we can learn to live together, too.</description>
      <author>Alan Jacobs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780525500117.mp3" length="2794682" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780525500117.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think: A Survival Guide for a World at Odds
Author: Alan Jacobs
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Absolutely splendid . . . essential for understanding why there is so much bad thinking in political life right now.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, New York Times How to Think is a contrarian treatise on why we’re not as good at thinking as we assume—but how recovering this lost art can rescue our inner lives from the chaos of modern life.     As a celebrated cultural critic and a writer for national publications like The Atlantic and Harper’s, Alan Jacobs has spent his adult life belonging to communities that often clash in America’s culture wars. And in his years of confronting the big issues that divide us—political, social, religious—Jacobs has learned that many of our fiercest disputes occur not because we’re doomed to be divided, but because the people involved simply aren’t thinking.      Most of us don’t want to think. Thinking is trouble. Thinking can force us out of familiar, comforting habits, and it can complicate our relationships with like-minded friends. Finally, thinking is slow, and that’s a problem when our habits of consuming information (mostly online) leave us lost in the spin cycle of social media, partisan bickering, and confirmation bias.      In this smart, endlessly entertaining book, Jacobs diagnoses the many forces that act on us to prevent thinking—forces that have only worsened in the age of Twitter, “alternative facts,” and information overload—and he also dispels the many myths we hold about what it means to think well. (For example: It’s impossible to “think for yourself.”)      Drawing on sources as far-flung as novelist Marilynne Robinson, basketball legend Wilt Chamberlain, British philosopher John Stuart Mill, and Christian theologian C.S. Lewis, Jacobs digs into the nuts and bolts of the cognitive process, offering hope that each of us can reclaim our mental lives from the impediments that plague us all. Because if we can learn to think together, maybe we can learn to live together, too.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306074</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Think: A Survival Guide for a World at Odds
Author: Alan Jacobs
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Absolutely splendid . . . essential for understanding why there is so much bad thinking in political life right now.&amp;#039; —David Brooks, New York Times How to Think is a contrarian treatise on why we’re not as good at thinking as we assume—but how recovering this lost art can rescue our inner lives from the chaos of modern life.     As a celebrated cultural critic and a writer for national publications like The Atlantic and Harper’s, Alan Jacobs has spent his adult life belonging to communities that often clash in America’s culture wars. And in his years of confronting the big issues that divide us—political, social, religious—Jacobs has learned that many of our fiercest disputes occur not because we’re doomed to be divided, but because the people involved simply aren’t thinking.      Most of us don’t want to think. Thinking is trouble. Thinking can force us out of familiar, comforting habits, and it can complicate our relationships with like-minded friends. Finally, thinking is slow, and that’s a problem when our habits of consuming information (mostly online) leave us lost in the spin cycle of social media, partisan bickering, and confirmation bias.      In this smart, endlessly entertaining book, Jacobs diagnoses the many forces that act on us to prevent thinking—forces that have only worsened in the age of Twitter, “alternative facts,” and information overload—and he also dispels the many myths we hold about what it means to think well. (For example: It’s impossible to “think for yourself.”)      Drawing on sources as far-flung as novelist Marilynne Robinson, basketball legend Wilt Chamberlain, British philosopher John Stuart Mill, and Christian theologian C.S. Lewis, Jacobs digs into the nuts and bolts of the cognitive process, offering hope that each of us can reclaim our mental lives from the impediments that plague us all. Because if we can learn to think together, maybe we can learn to live together, too.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>F*cked: Being Sexually Explorative and Self-Confident in a World That&amp;#039;s Screwed by Krystyna Hutchinson, Corinne Fisher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*cked: Being Sexually Explorative and Self-Confident in a World That&amp;#039;s Screwed
Author: Krystyna Hutchinson, Corinne Fisher
Narrator: Corinne Fisher, Krystyna Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comedians Corinne Fisher and Krystyna Hutchinson started Guys We F*cked: The Anti Slut-Shaming Podcast in 2013, intending to interview guys they&amp;#039;d slept with to learn more about themselves and squash the stigma so often associated with sexual women. As the podcast grew, and Corinne and Krystyna got to know their fans, stories of sexual assault, verbal and emotional abuse, and crippling shame became common topics of discussion along with those humorous conversations highlighting overall sexual confusion among many adults. The podcast is now an community of over a million listeners worldwide, and a place where any and all taboo sex topics are discussed freely, both with celebrity guests and the real people in their lives. Their new book, F*cked, follows that model, as Corinne and Krystyna bring a mix of raw, ridiculous, and serious sexual conversation to the page that will include topics like: - Why shame is completely made up and how we can stop giving into it - Sexual exploration and how it sometimes ends in a trip to the ER - Stuff we should stop doing: Snooping, nitpicking our bodies, and faking orgasms - Asking your sexual partner uncomfortable questions - How to get yourself out of an unsafe situation - Masturbation, threesomes, porn, sex toys, butt stuff - And much, much more Corinne and Krystyna are tired of books that pander to women like they’re hot messes, unable to handle their emotions without the assistance of a man, a glass of rosé, and a Xanax. This audiobook will teach the listener, be they male, female, transgender or undecided, that you deal with sh*t, you brush your shoulder off, and you move the f*ck on. In a society where it has, for some reason, become chic to be the victim, they say this pity party ends now.  This is a guide to love and sex for women who drink whiskey because they like it, not because it’s a cute thing to say on your Tinder profile. It has no trigger warnings because life doesn’t come with those. It won’t talk down to you or coddle you because you’re better than that. Corinne and Krystyna aren’t going to explain why he’s just not that into you, because it doesn’t f*cking matter. Despite what television, Rom-Coms, and glossy magazines tell you, you’re fine all by yourself. This is the audiobook Bridget Jones should’ve heard instead of writing that sh*tty diary in the first place.</description>
      <author>Krystyna Hutchinson, Corinne Fisher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062743053.mp3" length="1516332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062743053.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*cked: Being Sexually Explorative and Self-Confident in a World That&amp;#039;s Screwed
Author: Krystyna Hutchinson, Corinne Fisher
Narrator: Corinne Fisher, Krystyna Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comedians Corinne Fisher and Krystyna Hutchinson started Guys We F*cked: The Anti Slut-Shaming Podcast in 2013, intending to interview guys they&amp;#039;d slept with to learn more about themselves and squash the stigma so often associated with sexual women. As the podcast grew, and Corinne and Krystyna got to know their fans, stories of sexual assault, verbal and emotional abuse, and crippling shame became common topics of discussion along with those humorous conversations highlighting overall sexual confusion among many adults. The podcast is now an community of over a million listeners worldwide, and a place where any and all taboo sex topics are discussed freely, both with celebrity guests and the real people in their lives. Their new book, F*cked, follows that model, as Corinne and Krystyna bring a mix of raw, ridiculous, and serious sexual conversation to the page that will include topics like: - Why shame is completely made up and how we can stop giving into it - Sexual exploration and how it sometimes ends in a trip to the ER - Stuff we should stop doing: Snooping, nitpicking our bodies, and faking orgasms - Asking your sexual partner uncomfortable questions - How to get yourself out of an unsafe situation - Masturbation, threesomes, porn, sex toys, butt stuff - And much, much more Corinne and Krystyna are tired of books that pander to women like they’re hot messes, unable to handle their emotions without the assistance of a man, a glass of rosé, and a Xanax. This audiobook will teach the listener, be they male, female, transgender or undecided, that you deal with sh*t, you brush your shoulder off, and you move the f*ck on. In a society where it has, for some reason, become chic to be the victim, they say this pity party ends now.  This is a guide to love and sex for women who drink whiskey because they like it, not because it’s a cute thing to say on your Tinder profile. It has no trigger warnings because life doesn’t come with those. It won’t talk down to you or coddle you because you’re better than that. Corinne and Krystyna aren’t going to explain why he’s just not that into you, because it doesn’t f*cking matter. Despite what television, Rom-Coms, and glossy magazines tell you, you’re fine all by yourself. This is the audiobook Bridget Jones should’ve heard instead of writing that sh*tty diary in the first place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: F*cked: Being Sexually Explorative and Self-Confident in a World That&amp;#039;s Screwed
Author: Krystyna Hutchinson, Corinne Fisher
Narrator: Corinne Fisher, Krystyna Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comedians Corinne Fisher and Krystyna Hutchinson started Guys We F*cked: The Anti Slut-Shaming Podcast in 2013, intending to interview guys they&amp;#039;d slept with to learn more about themselves and squash the stigma so often associated with sexual women. As the podcast grew, and Corinne and Krystyna got to know their fans, stories of sexual assault, verbal and emotional abuse, and crippling shame became common topics of discussion along with those humorous conversations highlighting overall sexual confusion among many adults. The podcast is now an community of over a million listeners worldwide, and a place where any and all taboo sex topics are discussed freely, both with celebrity guests and the real people in their lives. Their new book, F*cked, follows that model, as Corinne and Krystyna bring a mix of raw, ridiculous, and serious sexual conversation to the page that will include topics like: - Why shame is completely made up and how we can stop giving into it - Sexual exploration and how it sometimes ends in a trip to the ER - Stuff we should stop doing: Snooping, nitpicking our bodies, and faking orgasms - Asking your sexual partner uncomfortable questions - How to get yourself out of an unsafe situation - Masturbation, threesomes, porn, sex toys, butt stuff - And much, much more Corinne and Krystyna are tired of books that pander to women like they’re hot messes, unable to handle their emotions without the assistance of a man, a glass of rosé, and a Xanax. This audiobook will teach the listener, be they male, female, transgender or undecided, that you deal with sh*t, you brush your shoulder off, and you move the f*ck on. In a society where it has, for some reason, become chic to be the victim, they say this pity party ends now.  This is a guide to love and sex for women who drink whiskey because they like it, not because it’s a cute thing to say on your Tinder profile. It has no trigger warnings because life doesn’t come with those. It won’t talk down to you or coddle you because you’re better than that. Corinne and Krystyna aren’t going to explain why he’s just not that into you, because it doesn’t f*cking matter. Despite what television, Rom-Coms, and glossy magazines tell you, you’re fine all by yourself. This is the audiobook Bridget Jones should’ve heard instead of writing that sh*tty diary in the first place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity by Esther Perel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity
Author: Esther Perel
Narrator: Esther Perel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 87 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 21
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A fresh look at infidelity, broadening the focus from the havoc it wreaks within a committed relationship to consider also why people do it, what it means to them, and why breaking up is the expected response to duplicity — but not necessarily the wisest one.” — LA Review of Books From iconic couples’ therapist and bestselling author of Mating in Captivity comes a provocative and controversial look at infidelity with practical, honest, and empathetic advice for how to move beyond it. An affair: it can rob a couple of their relationship, their happiness, their very identity. And yet, this extremely common human experience is so poorly understood. What are we to make of this time-honored taboo—universally forbidden yet universally practiced? Why do people cheat—even those in happy marriages? Why does an affair hurt so much? When we say infidelity, what exactly do we mean? Do our romantic expectations of marriage set us up for betrayal? Is there such a thing as an affair-proof marriage? Is it possible to love more than one person at once? Can an affair ever help a marriage? Perel weaves real-life case stories with incisive psychological and cultural analysis in this fast-paced and compelling book. For the past ten years, Perel has traveled the globe and worked with hundreds of couples who have grappled with infidelity. Betrayal hurts, she writes, but it can be healed. An affair can even be the doorway to a new marriage—with the same person. With the right approach, couples can grow and learn from these tumultuous experiences, together or apart. Affairs, she argues, have a lot to teach us about modern relationships—what we expect, what we think we want, and what we feel entitled to. They offer a unique window into our personal and cultural attitudes about love, lust, and commitment. Through examining illicit love from multiple angles, Perel invites readers into an honest, enlightened, and entertaining exploration of modern marriage in its many variations. Fiercely intelligent, The State of Affairs provides a daring framework for understanding the intricacies of love and desire. As Perel observes, “Love is messy; infidelity more so. But it is also a window, like no other, into the crevices of the human heart.”</description>
      <author>Esther Perel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062694553.mp3" length="1475957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062694553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity
Author: Esther Perel
Narrator: Esther Perel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 87 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 21
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A fresh look at infidelity, broadening the focus from the havoc it wreaks within a committed relationship to consider also why people do it, what it means to them, and why breaking up is the expected response to duplicity — but not necessarily the wisest one.” — LA Review of Books From iconic couples’ therapist and bestselling author of Mating in Captivity comes a provocative and controversial look at infidelity with practical, honest, and empathetic advice for how to move beyond it. An affair: it can rob a couple of their relationship, their happiness, their very identity. And yet, this extremely common human experience is so poorly understood. What are we to make of this time-honored taboo—universally forbidden yet universally practiced? Why do people cheat—even those in happy marriages? Why does an affair hurt so much? When we say infidelity, what exactly do we mean? Do our romantic expectations of marriage set us up for betrayal? Is there such a thing as an affair-proof marriage? Is it possible to love more than one person at once? Can an affair ever help a marriage? Perel weaves real-life case stories with incisive psychological and cultural analysis in this fast-paced and compelling book. For the past ten years, Perel has traveled the globe and worked with hundreds of couples who have grappled with infidelity. Betrayal hurts, she writes, but it can be healed. An affair can even be the doorway to a new marriage—with the same person. With the right approach, couples can grow and learn from these tumultuous experiences, together or apart. Affairs, she argues, have a lot to teach us about modern relationships—what we expect, what we think we want, and what we feel entitled to. They offer a unique window into our personal and cultural attitudes about love, lust, and commitment. Through examining illicit love from multiple angles, Perel invites readers into an honest, enlightened, and entertaining exploration of modern marriage in its many variations. Fiercely intelligent, The State of Affairs provides a daring framework for understanding the intricacies of love and desire. As Perel observes, “Love is messy; infidelity more so. But it is also a window, like no other, into the crevices of the human heart.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The State of Affairs: Rethinking Infidelity
Author: Esther Perel
Narrator: Esther Perel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 87 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 21
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A fresh look at infidelity, broadening the focus from the havoc it wreaks within a committed relationship to consider also why people do it, what it means to them, and why breaking up is the expected response to duplicity — but not necessarily the wisest one.” — LA Review of Books From iconic couples’ therapist and bestselling author of Mating in Captivity comes a provocative and controversial look at infidelity with practical, honest, and empathetic advice for how to move beyond it. An affair: it can rob a couple of their relationship, their happiness, their very identity. And yet, this extremely common human experience is so poorly understood. What are we to make of this time-honored taboo—universally forbidden yet universally practiced? Why do people cheat—even those in happy marriages? Why does an affair hurt so much? When we say infidelity, what exactly do we mean? Do our romantic expectations of marriage set us up for betrayal? Is there such a thing as an affair-proof marriage? Is it possible to love more than one person at once? Can an affair ever help a marriage? Perel weaves real-life case stories with incisive psychological and cultural analysis in this fast-paced and compelling book. For the past ten years, Perel has traveled the globe and worked with hundreds of couples who have grappled with infidelity. Betrayal hurts, she writes, but it can be healed. An affair can even be the doorway to a new marriage—with the same person. With the right approach, couples can grow and learn from these tumultuous experiences, together or apart. Affairs, she argues, have a lot to teach us about modern relationships—what we expect, what we think we want, and what we feel entitled to. They offer a unique window into our personal and cultural attitudes about love, lust, and commitment. Through examining illicit love from multiple angles, Perel invites readers into an honest, enlightened, and entertaining exploration of modern marriage in its many variations. Fiercely intelligent, The State of Affairs provides a daring framework for understanding the intricacies of love and desire. As Perel observes, “Love is messy; infidelity more so. But it is also a window, like no other, into the crevices of the human heart.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shame Nation: The Global Epidemic of Online Hate by Sue Scheff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shame Nation: The Global Epidemic of Online Hate
Author: Sue Scheff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In today’s digitally driven world, disaster is only a click away. A rogue tweet can bring down a business; an army of trolls can run a celebrity off-line; and virtual harassment might cause real psychological damage. Shame Nation is the first book to both explore the fascinating phenomenon of online shaming and offer practical guidance and inspiring advice on how to prevent and protect against cyber blunders and faceless bullies. Author and acclaimed Internet safety expert Sue Scheff unveils all sides of an issue that is only becoming more relevant day by day while drawing from the expertise of other top professionals spanning fields including law, psychology, and reputation management. From damning screenshots to revenge porn, Shame Nation shines a light on the rising trend of online shame culture and empowers readers to take charge of their digital lives.</description>
      <author>Sue Scheff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781538434413.mp3" length="811602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781538434413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shame Nation: The Global Epidemic of Online Hate
Author: Sue Scheff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In today’s digitally driven world, disaster is only a click away. A rogue tweet can bring down a business; an army of trolls can run a celebrity off-line; and virtual harassment might cause real psychological damage. Shame Nation is the first book to both explore the fascinating phenomenon of online shaming and offer practical guidance and inspiring advice on how to prevent and protect against cyber blunders and faceless bullies. Author and acclaimed Internet safety expert Sue Scheff unveils all sides of an issue that is only becoming more relevant day by day while drawing from the expertise of other top professionals spanning fields including law, psychology, and reputation management. From damning screenshots to revenge porn, Shame Nation shines a light on the rising trend of online shame culture and empowers readers to take charge of their digital lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shame Nation: The Global Epidemic of Online Hate
Author: Sue Scheff
Narrator: Erin Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In today’s digitally driven world, disaster is only a click away. A rogue tweet can bring down a business; an army of trolls can run a celebrity off-line; and virtual harassment might cause real psychological damage. Shame Nation is the first book to both explore the fascinating phenomenon of online shaming and offer practical guidance and inspiring advice on how to prevent and protect against cyber blunders and faceless bullies. Author and acclaimed Internet safety expert Sue Scheff unveils all sides of an issue that is only becoming more relevant day by day while drawing from the expertise of other top professionals spanning fields including law, psychology, and reputation management. From damning screenshots to revenge porn, Shame Nation shines a light on the rising trend of online shame culture and empowers readers to take charge of their digital lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together – and Why It Could Drive Us Apart by Rachel Botsman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together – and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum. Nominated for the Business Book Awards &amp;#039;Embracing Change&amp;#039; category If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust - far from it. In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver. This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</description>
      <author>Rachel Botsman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241979860.mp3" length="1390929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241979860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together – and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum. Nominated for the Business Book Awards &amp;#039;Embracing Change&amp;#039; category If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust - far from it. In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver. This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Who Can You Trust?: How Technology Brought Us Together – and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum. Nominated for the Business Book Awards &amp;#039;Embracing Change&amp;#039; category If you can&amp;#039;t trust those in charge, who can you trust? From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&amp;#039;t the age of distrust - far from it. In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver. This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship.  If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&amp;#039;s next for humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming Myself: A Psychiatrist&amp;#039;s Memoir by Irvin D. Yalom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Myself: A Psychiatrist&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Irvin D. Yalom
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling writer and psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom puts himself on the couch in a lapidary memoir Irvin D. Yalom has made a career of investigating the lives of others. In this profound memoir, he turns his writing and his therapeutic eye on himself. He opens his story with a nightmare: He is twelve, and is riding his bike past the home of an acne-scarred girl. Like every morning, he calls out, hoping to befriend her, &amp;#039;Hello Measles!&amp;#039; But in his dream, the girl&amp;#039;s father makes Yalom understand that his daily greeting had hurt her. For Yalom, this was the birth of empathy; he would not forget the lesson. As Becoming Myself unfolds, we see the birth of the insightful thinker whose books have been a beacon to so many. This is not simply a man&amp;#039;s life story, Yalom&amp;#039;s reflections on his life and development are an invitation for us to reflect on the origins of our own selves and the meanings of our lives.</description>
      <author>Irvin D. Yalom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478923275.mp3" length="862954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478923275.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Myself: A Psychiatrist&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Irvin D. Yalom
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling writer and psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom puts himself on the couch in a lapidary memoir Irvin D. Yalom has made a career of investigating the lives of others. In this profound memoir, he turns his writing and his therapeutic eye on himself. He opens his story with a nightmare: He is twelve, and is riding his bike past the home of an acne-scarred girl. Like every morning, he calls out, hoping to befriend her, &amp;#039;Hello Measles!&amp;#039; But in his dream, the girl&amp;#039;s father makes Yalom understand that his daily greeting had hurt her. For Yalom, this was the birth of empathy; he would not forget the lesson. As Becoming Myself unfolds, we see the birth of the insightful thinker whose books have been a beacon to so many. This is not simply a man&amp;#039;s life story, Yalom&amp;#039;s reflections on his life and development are an invitation for us to reflect on the origins of our own selves and the meanings of our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Myself: A Psychiatrist&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Irvin D. Yalom
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling writer and psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom puts himself on the couch in a lapidary memoir Irvin D. Yalom has made a career of investigating the lives of others. In this profound memoir, he turns his writing and his therapeutic eye on himself. He opens his story with a nightmare: He is twelve, and is riding his bike past the home of an acne-scarred girl. Like every morning, he calls out, hoping to befriend her, &amp;#039;Hello Measles!&amp;#039; But in his dream, the girl&amp;#039;s father makes Yalom understand that his daily greeting had hurt her. For Yalom, this was the birth of empathy; he would not forget the lesson. As Becoming Myself unfolds, we see the birth of the insightful thinker whose books have been a beacon to so many. This is not simply a man&amp;#039;s life story, Yalom&amp;#039;s reflections on his life and development are an invitation for us to reflect on the origins of our own selves and the meanings of our lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gorilla and the Bird: A Memoir of Madness and a Mother&amp;#039;s Love by Zack McDermott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gorilla and the Bird: A Memoir of Madness and a Mother&amp;#039;s Love
Author: Zack McDermott
Narrator: Zack McDermott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Glorious...one of the best memoirs I&amp;#039;ve read in years...a tragicomic gem about family, class, race, justice, and the spectacular weirdness of Wichita. [McDermott] can move from barely controlled hilarity to the brink of rage to aching tenderness in a single breath.&amp;#039;  -- Marya Hornbacher, New York Times Book Review  Zack McDermott, a 26-year-old Brooklyn public defender, woke up one morning convinced he was being filmed, Truman Show-style, as part of an audition for a TV pilot. Every passerby was an actor; every car would magically stop for him; everything he saw was a cue from &amp;#039;The Producer&amp;#039; to help inspire the performance of a lifetime. After a manic spree around Manhattan, Zack, who is bipolar, was arrested on a subway platform and admitted to Bellevue Hospital.   So begins the story of Zack&amp;#039;s freefall into psychosis and his desperate, poignant, often hilarious struggle to claw his way back to sanity. It&amp;#039;s a journey that will take him from New York City back to his Kansas roots and to the one person who might be able to save him, his tough, big-hearted Midwestern mother, nicknamed the Bird, whose fierce and steadfast love is the light in Zack&amp;#039;s dark world.   Before his odyssey is over, Zack will be tackled by guards in mental wards, run naked through cornfields, receive secret messages from the TV, befriend a former Navy Seal and his talking stuffed monkey, and see the Virgin Mary in the whorls of his own back hair. But with the Bird&amp;#039;s help, he just might have a shot at pulling through, starting over, and maybe even meeting a partner who can love him back, bipolar and all.   Introducing an electrifying new voice, Gorilla and the Bird is a raw and unforgettable account of a young man&amp;#039;s unraveling and the relationship that saves him.</description>
      <author>Zack McDermott</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478966104.mp3" length="888757" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478966104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gorilla and the Bird: A Memoir of Madness and a Mother&amp;#039;s Love
Author: Zack McDermott
Narrator: Zack McDermott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Glorious...one of the best memoirs I&amp;#039;ve read in years...a tragicomic gem about family, class, race, justice, and the spectacular weirdness of Wichita. [McDermott] can move from barely controlled hilarity to the brink of rage to aching tenderness in a single breath.&amp;#039;  -- Marya Hornbacher, New York Times Book Review  Zack McDermott, a 26-year-old Brooklyn public defender, woke up one morning convinced he was being filmed, Truman Show-style, as part of an audition for a TV pilot. Every passerby was an actor; every car would magically stop for him; everything he saw was a cue from &amp;#039;The Producer&amp;#039; to help inspire the performance of a lifetime. After a manic spree around Manhattan, Zack, who is bipolar, was arrested on a subway platform and admitted to Bellevue Hospital.   So begins the story of Zack&amp;#039;s freefall into psychosis and his desperate, poignant, often hilarious struggle to claw his way back to sanity. It&amp;#039;s a journey that will take him from New York City back to his Kansas roots and to the one person who might be able to save him, his tough, big-hearted Midwestern mother, nicknamed the Bird, whose fierce and steadfast love is the light in Zack&amp;#039;s dark world.   Before his odyssey is over, Zack will be tackled by guards in mental wards, run naked through cornfields, receive secret messages from the TV, befriend a former Navy Seal and his talking stuffed monkey, and see the Virgin Mary in the whorls of his own back hair. But with the Bird&amp;#039;s help, he just might have a shot at pulling through, starting over, and maybe even meeting a partner who can love him back, bipolar and all.   Introducing an electrifying new voice, Gorilla and the Bird is a raw and unforgettable account of a young man&amp;#039;s unraveling and the relationship that saves him.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gorilla and the Bird: A Memoir of Madness and a Mother&amp;#039;s Love
Author: Zack McDermott
Narrator: Zack McDermott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Glorious...one of the best memoirs I&amp;#039;ve read in years...a tragicomic gem about family, class, race, justice, and the spectacular weirdness of Wichita. [McDermott] can move from barely controlled hilarity to the brink of rage to aching tenderness in a single breath.&amp;#039;  -- Marya Hornbacher, New York Times Book Review  Zack McDermott, a 26-year-old Brooklyn public defender, woke up one morning convinced he was being filmed, Truman Show-style, as part of an audition for a TV pilot. Every passerby was an actor; every car would magically stop for him; everything he saw was a cue from &amp;#039;The Producer&amp;#039; to help inspire the performance of a lifetime. After a manic spree around Manhattan, Zack, who is bipolar, was arrested on a subway platform and admitted to Bellevue Hospital.   So begins the story of Zack&amp;#039;s freefall into psychosis and his desperate, poignant, often hilarious struggle to claw his way back to sanity. It&amp;#039;s a journey that will take him from New York City back to his Kansas roots and to the one person who might be able to save him, his tough, big-hearted Midwestern mother, nicknamed the Bird, whose fierce and steadfast love is the light in Zack&amp;#039;s dark world.   Before his odyssey is over, Zack will be tackled by guards in mental wards, run naked through cornfields, receive secret messages from the TV, befriend a former Navy Seal and his talking stuffed monkey, and see the Virgin Mary in the whorls of his own back hair. But with the Bird&amp;#039;s help, he just might have a shot at pulling through, starting over, and maybe even meeting a partner who can love him back, bipolar and all.   Introducing an electrifying new voice, Gorilla and the Bird is a raw and unforgettable account of a young man&amp;#039;s unraveling and the relationship that saves him.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>De-Escalate: How to Calm an Angry Person in 90 Seconds or Less by Douglas E. Noll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: De-Escalate: How to Calm an Angry Person in 90 Seconds or Less
Author: Douglas E. Noll
Narrator: Aleya Dao
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by award-winning author, highly experienced mediator, and co-founder of the Prison of Peace project, Douglas E. Noll, De-Escalate gives you the proven process to calm any angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less. Based on the practical experience of a master mediator and grounded in the latest findings in neuroscience, Douglas Noll offers his proven process—to empower you to successfully and efficiently de-escalate an angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less—and how to apply this skill in all areas of life.   We live in a more socially polarized time nationally and globally than ever before, as arguments easily flare up, aggression and bullying rises, and lines are drawn over politics, religion, and ideology. De-Escalate provides a new set of social listening and communication skills that solve the problem of what to do with angry, emotional people.   The quick and effective techniques detailed in De-Escalate will help anyone dealing with this increase in anger from outside sources or anger in themselves. With simple, easy-to-understand steps, De-Escalate walks you through real-life examples and scenario-based conversations in order to create resolutions, build emotional intelligence, and cultivate empathy and healing. This book will teach the precise tools to master becoming a peacemaker, cultivating ways to co-exist and co-respect others in an increasingly hostile world.</description>
      <author>Douglas E. Noll</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781508245483.mp3" length="795614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781508245483.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: De-Escalate: How to Calm an Angry Person in 90 Seconds or Less
Author: Douglas E. Noll
Narrator: Aleya Dao
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by award-winning author, highly experienced mediator, and co-founder of the Prison of Peace project, Douglas E. Noll, De-Escalate gives you the proven process to calm any angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less. Based on the practical experience of a master mediator and grounded in the latest findings in neuroscience, Douglas Noll offers his proven process—to empower you to successfully and efficiently de-escalate an angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less—and how to apply this skill in all areas of life.   We live in a more socially polarized time nationally and globally than ever before, as arguments easily flare up, aggression and bullying rises, and lines are drawn over politics, religion, and ideology. De-Escalate provides a new set of social listening and communication skills that solve the problem of what to do with angry, emotional people.   The quick and effective techniques detailed in De-Escalate will help anyone dealing with this increase in anger from outside sources or anger in themselves. With simple, easy-to-understand steps, De-Escalate walks you through real-life examples and scenario-based conversations in order to create resolutions, build emotional intelligence, and cultivate empathy and healing. This book will teach the precise tools to master becoming a peacemaker, cultivating ways to co-exist and co-respect others in an increasingly hostile world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: De-Escalate: How to Calm an Angry Person in 90 Seconds or Less
Author: Douglas E. Noll
Narrator: Aleya Dao
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by award-winning author, highly experienced mediator, and co-founder of the Prison of Peace project, Douglas E. Noll, De-Escalate gives you the proven process to calm any angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less. Based on the practical experience of a master mediator and grounded in the latest findings in neuroscience, Douglas Noll offers his proven process—to empower you to successfully and efficiently de-escalate an angry person or volatile situation in 90 seconds or less—and how to apply this skill in all areas of life.   We live in a more socially polarized time nationally and globally than ever before, as arguments easily flare up, aggression and bullying rises, and lines are drawn over politics, religion, and ideology. De-Escalate provides a new set of social listening and communication skills that solve the problem of what to do with angry, emotional people.   The quick and effective techniques detailed in De-Escalate will help anyone dealing with this increase in anger from outside sources or anger in themselves. With simple, easy-to-understand steps, De-Escalate walks you through real-life examples and scenario-based conversations in order to create resolutions, build emotional intelligence, and cultivate empathy and healing. This book will teach the precise tools to master becoming a peacemaker, cultivating ways to co-exist and co-respect others in an increasingly hostile world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Perceptual Intelligence: The Brain’s Secret to Seeing Past Illusion, Misperception, and Self-Deception by Brian Boxer Wachler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Perceptual Intelligence: The Brain’s Secret to Seeing Past Illusion, Misperception, and Self-Deception
Author: Brian Boxer Wachler
Narrator: Brian Boxer Wachler MD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the lucid verve and solid scientific grounding of an Oliver Sacks or Malcolm Gladwell, Dr. Brian Boxer Wachler guides listeners on a fascinating tour of the bedrock of our existence—the way our senses perceive everything and everyone in the world around us. Why does one person see Jesus in a shower curtain, get a “bad feeling” about someone they’ve just met, or hear a conversation so differently than the other person? Boxer Wachler describes some of the mysterious medical conditions that cause nonpsychiatric hallucinations and neurological mix-ups, then focuses on how we all receive and interpret the messages of our senses. Practical as well as provocative, Perceptual Intelligence also offers listeners ways to improve their PI, “reality check” their perceptions, and make desired changes in their lives.</description>
      <author>Brian Boxer Wachler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781441749444.mp3" length="842957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781441749444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Perceptual Intelligence: The Brain’s Secret to Seeing Past Illusion, Misperception, and Self-Deception
Author: Brian Boxer Wachler
Narrator: Brian Boxer Wachler MD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the lucid verve and solid scientific grounding of an Oliver Sacks or Malcolm Gladwell, Dr. Brian Boxer Wachler guides listeners on a fascinating tour of the bedrock of our existence—the way our senses perceive everything and everyone in the world around us. Why does one person see Jesus in a shower curtain, get a “bad feeling” about someone they’ve just met, or hear a conversation so differently than the other person? Boxer Wachler describes some of the mysterious medical conditions that cause nonpsychiatric hallucinations and neurological mix-ups, then focuses on how we all receive and interpret the messages of our senses. Practical as well as provocative, Perceptual Intelligence also offers listeners ways to improve their PI, “reality check” their perceptions, and make desired changes in their lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Perceptual Intelligence: The Brain’s Secret to Seeing Past Illusion, Misperception, and Self-Deception
Author: Brian Boxer Wachler
Narrator: Brian Boxer Wachler MD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the lucid verve and solid scientific grounding of an Oliver Sacks or Malcolm Gladwell, Dr. Brian Boxer Wachler guides listeners on a fascinating tour of the bedrock of our existence—the way our senses perceive everything and everyone in the world around us. Why does one person see Jesus in a shower curtain, get a “bad feeling” about someone they’ve just met, or hear a conversation so differently than the other person? Boxer Wachler describes some of the mysterious medical conditions that cause nonpsychiatric hallucinations and neurological mix-ups, then focuses on how we all receive and interpret the messages of our senses. Practical as well as provocative, Perceptual Intelligence also offers listeners ways to improve their PI, “reality check” their perceptions, and make desired changes in their lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming Cliterate: Why Orgasm Equality Matters--And How to Get It by Laurie Mintz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Cliterate: Why Orgasm Equality Matters--And How to Get It
Author: Laurie Mintz
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We’ve been thinking about sex all wrong. Mainstream media, movies, and porn have taught us that sex = penis + vagina, and everything else is just secondary. Standard penetration is how men most reliably achieve orgasm. The problem is, women don’t orgasm this way. We’ve separated our most reliable route to orgasm—clitoral stimulation—from how we feel we should orgasm—penetration. As a result, we’ve created a pleasure gap between women and men: - 50% of 18-35-year-old women say they have trouble reaching orgasm with a partner - 64% of women vs 91% of men said they had an orgasm at their last sexual encounter - 55% of men vs. 4% of women say they usually reach orgasm during first-time hookup sex In Becoming Cliterate, psychology professor and human sexuality expert Dr. Laurie Mintz exposes the broader cultural problem that’s perpetuating this gap, and what we can do about it. Pulling together evidence from biology, sociology, linguistics, and sex therapy into one comprehensive, accessible, and prescriptive book, Becoming Cliterate features:  - Cultural &amp;amp; historical analysis of female orgasm (spoiler: the problem’s been going on for ages) - An anatomy section (it’s all custom under the hood) - Proven techniques for cliterate sex (it starts with training the sex organ between your ears) - A comprehensive final chapter for men (because you don’t have to have a clitoris to be cliterate) By dispelling the lies, misunderstandings, and myths that have been holding us back, Becoming Cliterate tackles both personal and political problems and replaces them with updated outlooks and practical skills needed to change our collective perspective on sex. It’s time to finally inform women and men on how to have satisfying experiences in bed that benefit both parties.  The revolution is cuming—and Becoming Cliterate offers a radical, simple solution to progress and pleasure for all.</description>
      <author>Laurie Mintz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2017 04:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062839206.mp3" length="1491369" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062839206.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Cliterate: Why Orgasm Equality Matters--And How to Get It
Author: Laurie Mintz
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We’ve been thinking about sex all wrong. Mainstream media, movies, and porn have taught us that sex = penis + vagina, and everything else is just secondary. Standard penetration is how men most reliably achieve orgasm. The problem is, women don’t orgasm this way. We’ve separated our most reliable route to orgasm—clitoral stimulation—from how we feel we should orgasm—penetration. As a result, we’ve created a pleasure gap between women and men: - 50% of 18-35-year-old women say they have trouble reaching orgasm with a partner - 64% of women vs 91% of men said they had an orgasm at their last sexual encounter - 55% of men vs. 4% of women say they usually reach orgasm during first-time hookup sex In Becoming Cliterate, psychology professor and human sexuality expert Dr. Laurie Mintz exposes the broader cultural problem that’s perpetuating this gap, and what we can do about it. Pulling together evidence from biology, sociology, linguistics, and sex therapy into one comprehensive, accessible, and prescriptive book, Becoming Cliterate features:  - Cultural &amp;amp; historical analysis of female orgasm (spoiler: the problem’s been going on for ages) - An anatomy section (it’s all custom under the hood) - Proven techniques for cliterate sex (it starts with training the sex organ between your ears) - A comprehensive final chapter for men (because you don’t have to have a clitoris to be cliterate) By dispelling the lies, misunderstandings, and myths that have been holding us back, Becoming Cliterate tackles both personal and political problems and replaces them with updated outlooks and practical skills needed to change our collective perspective on sex. It’s time to finally inform women and men on how to have satisfying experiences in bed that benefit both parties.  The revolution is cuming—and Becoming Cliterate offers a radical, simple solution to progress and pleasure for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Cliterate: Why Orgasm Equality Matters--And How to Get It
Author: Laurie Mintz
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We’ve been thinking about sex all wrong. Mainstream media, movies, and porn have taught us that sex = penis + vagina, and everything else is just secondary. Standard penetration is how men most reliably achieve orgasm. The problem is, women don’t orgasm this way. We’ve separated our most reliable route to orgasm—clitoral stimulation—from how we feel we should orgasm—penetration. As a result, we’ve created a pleasure gap between women and men: - 50% of 18-35-year-old women say they have trouble reaching orgasm with a partner - 64% of women vs 91% of men said they had an orgasm at their last sexual encounter - 55% of men vs. 4% of women say they usually reach orgasm during first-time hookup sex In Becoming Cliterate, psychology professor and human sexuality expert Dr. Laurie Mintz exposes the broader cultural problem that’s perpetuating this gap, and what we can do about it. Pulling together evidence from biology, sociology, linguistics, and sex therapy into one comprehensive, accessible, and prescriptive book, Becoming Cliterate features:  - Cultural &amp;amp; historical analysis of female orgasm (spoiler: the problem’s been going on for ages) - An anatomy section (it’s all custom under the hood) - Proven techniques for cliterate sex (it starts with training the sex organ between your ears) - A comprehensive final chapter for men (because you don’t have to have a clitoris to be cliterate) By dispelling the lies, misunderstandings, and myths that have been holding us back, Becoming Cliterate tackles both personal and political problems and replaces them with updated outlooks and practical skills needed to change our collective perspective on sex. It’s time to finally inform women and men on how to have satisfying experiences in bed that benefit both parties.  The revolution is cuming—and Becoming Cliterate offers a radical, simple solution to progress and pleasure for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
